summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf/doc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorVladimir Volovich <vvv@vsu.ru>2008-06-03 01:24:59 +0000
committerVladimir Volovich <vvv@vsu.ru>2008-06-03 01:24:59 +0000
commit6eac29b50be3e6b9daef5af984fd89f4ecb816b3 (patch)
treec63d29d59e05f48a2227698a04e0c18972ec7d6a /Master/texmf/doc
parent4c3b7fe376b690fc44d2cfc015b8114d8b822580 (diff)
remove texi2html remnants
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@8503 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf/doc')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/texi2html.info3637
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texi2html.1164
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/texi2html/texi2html.html6072
3 files changed, 0 insertions, 9873 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/texi2html.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/texi2html.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e32884ec48..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/texi2html.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3637 +0,0 @@
-This is texi2html.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
-texi2html.texi.
-
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Portions
-of
-`texi2html'
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
- Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
- Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
- Copyright (C) many others.
-
-
-Portions
-of this
-manual
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
- Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
- Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
-
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo to HTML Converter.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
- This file, last updated 1 February 2005, documents the `texi2html'
-script which converts Texinfo (http://www.texinfo.org) into HTML
-(http://w3c.org). This edition is for `texi2html' version 1.76.
-
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Portions
-of
-`texi2html'
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
- Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
- Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
- Copyright (C) many others.
-
-
-Portions
-of this
-manual
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
- Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
- Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
-
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Top, Next: Overview, Up: (dir)
-
-Texi2HTML
-*********
-
-This manual, last updated 1 February 2005, describes version 1.76 of
-the `texi2html' Perl script which converts Texinfo (*note Texinfo:
-(Texinfo)Top.) into HTML.
-
- Please send bug reports concerning this manual to the Texi2HTML user
-discussion list <user@texi2html.cvshome.org>. Please state the exact
-version of the manual which contains the bug, as given above.
-
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Portions
-of
-`texi2html'
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
- Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
- Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
- Copyright (C) many others.
-
-
-Portions
-of this
-manual
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
- Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
- Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
-
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- *This manual is currently under construction and of course incomplete. ;-)*
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Overview::
-* Obtaining texi2html::
- Obtaining a copy of the `texi2html'
- source code distribution
-* Installation:: Installing `texi2html'
-* Invoking texi2html:: Description of the command line options
-* Initialization files:: What kind of variables and subroutines appear
- in init files and how they are called
-* Changing the page layout:: Fine tuning of the page layout
-* Customizing HTML:: Fine tuning of the HTML elements
- associated with the texinfo constructs
-* Internationalization:: Help translating !
-* Indexop:: Command Line Option Index
-* Indexvr:: Variable Index
-* Indexcp:: Concept Index
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Overview, Next: Obtaining texi2html, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Overview
-**********
-
-Texinfo (http://www.texinfo.org) is the official documentation format
-of the GNU (http://www.gnu.org) project. It uses a single source file
-to produce both online information and printed output.
-
- It is often desirable to have a way to produce HTML from Texinfo
-sources, as GNU-Info files are produced. It is much simpler to run a
-converter than it is to rewrite all the documentation in HTML,
-especially considering that there is so much Texinfo documentation in
-the world.
-
- Some time ago `makeinfo' wasn't able to produce HTML output format,
-but people still wanted documentation in HTML. This was the birthing
-hour for `texi2html'. The basic purpose of `texi2html' is to convert
-Texinfo documents into HTML.
-
- Since then, HTML support in `makeinfo' has improved, but `texi2html'
-is still stronger in many areas, including the degree to which it
-allows customization. With `texi2html', some important aspects of the
-resulting HTML files may be specified via command line options, and
-configuration files provide an even finer degree of control over the
-final output, allowing most every aspect of the final output not
-specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified. Configuration
-files are written in `perl', like the main program, and anything which
-may be specified on the command line may also be specified within a
-configuration file.
-
- For an example of the kind of pages `texi2html' is capable of
-producing, have a look at the following sites: the Singular Manual
-(http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/Manual/html/), the Cederqvist (CVS
-Manual) (http://ccvs.cvshome.org/docs/manual).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* whytexi2html:: Why `texi2html' and not `makeinfo'?.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: whytexi2html, Up: Overview
-
-1.1 Why `texi2html' and not `makeinfo'?
-=======================================
-
-You would like to produce HTML files from your existing Texinfo files?
-There are two programs you can use to do this. The first is `makeinfo'
-(*note Generating HTML: (texinfo)Generating HTML.). The second is
-`texi2html'.
-
- The design goal of `makeinfo''s HTML output was to produce readable
-HTML output. It is now possible to use CSS for HTML customization.
-Another possibility is to use intermediate formats, like docbook or
-`mekeinfo' XML and XSL stylesheets to customize the resulting document.
-Still the output produced by `makeinfo' isn't customizable.
-
- The current development of `texi2html' tries to provide for
-producing the more interesting and sophisticated HTML pages that
-today's Internet users have come to expect. The goal behind
-`texi2html' is to generate attractive HTML by default but also to allow
-users considerable freedom to affect the final style and design of the
-output HTML pages. This is achieved via command line options and
-flexible configuration files.
-
- In contrast to the HTML produced by `makeinfo --html' (the
-`makeinfo' program is part of the Texinfo distribution), the
-`texi2html' program, among other differences, allows for the
-customization of the entire page layout, including headers, footers,
-style sheets, etc., allows for customization of the low level HTML
-formatting, provides for splitting documents at various levels, and
-provides for using the `latex2html' program to convert `@tex' sections
-of the Texinfo source.
-
- The focus on HTML is still present but with the help of the
-customization files it is now possible to use `texi2html' to produce
-other formats as well. `texi2html' may for example be turned into a
-texinfo to roff translator with the help of a customization file
-provided with the distribution.
-
- `texi2html' should reasonably convert all Texinfo 4.8 constructs.
-If you find it does not, please send a bug report to the
-<users@texi2html.cvshome.org> email list.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Obtaining texi2html, Next: Installation, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
-
-2 Obtaining `texi2html'
-***********************
-
-The latest version of the source code for `texi2html' should be
-available from texi2html.cvshome.org (http://texi2html.cvshome.org).
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Installation, Next: Invoking texi2html, Prev: Obtaining texi2html, Up: Top
-
-3 Installation of `texi2html'
-*****************************
-
-To install `texi2html', you must first obtain a copy of the source
-distribution. *Note Obtaining texi2html::.
-
- `texi2html' also requires `perl' version 5.004 or above. The
-current version has not been tested extensively on versions of `perl'
-below 5.6, however.
-
- `texi2html' is a standard Automake-based distribution. If you have
-a source version, you should run `./configure' to regenerate the
-executable `texi2html' file. `./configure' accepts options to select
-the installation directory for the `texi2html' file, the default
-directories `texi2html' will use to look for configuration files, and
-other details. Run `./configure --help' for more information.
-
- Running `./configure' combines four files into the final `texi2html'
-program file:
- * `texi2html.pl' contains the base program,
-
- * `MySimple.pm' handles the command line options,
-
- * `texi2html.init' is the default configuration file, and
-
- * `T2h_i18n.pm' is used for internationalization.
-
- * `translations.pl' contains the translations of the strings used in
- documents.
-
- Running `./configure' also builds the `make' configuration files
-(`Makefile's). To make the documentation run `make'.
-
- `make install' performs the installation to the locations specified
-to the `./configure' script. This usually involves placing the actual
-`texi2html' file someplace in your path, such as `/usr/local/bin' or
-`/usr/bin'.
-
- Installing `texi2html' in your path should be sufficient to run it.
-To use default initialization files, or a configuration file for
-LaTeX2HTML when using `latex2html' to convert `@tex' sections (*note
-Expanding TeX regions::), install them in the package data directory
-specified to configure. This is `/usr/local/share/texi2html/' by
-default, but depends on the value of the `--pkgdatadir=DIR' option
-passed to the `./configure' script. Files used for strings
-customization and internationalization are also searched for in the
-`i18n' directory of this directory. *Note Using init files:: for more.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Invoking texi2html, Next: Initialization files, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
-
-4 Invoking `texi2html'
-**********************
-
-To produce an HTML manual, run `texi2html' with a Texinfo file as an
-argument. For example, this manual is created with:
-
- $ texi2html texi2html.texi
-
- The behaviour of `texi2html' may be changed with command line
-options. These command line options are always associated with
-corresponding `perl' variables which may appear in init files, and these
-variables are presented in this chapter each time a switch is described.
-
- Boolean command line switches always have a corresponding negated
-switch, obtained by prepending `no' or `no-' to the switch name. For
-example `--nomenu' does the reverse of `--menu'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Splitting output:: The HTML output may be split at
- different levels
-* Output files::
-* Expansion::
-* Texinfo related options::
-* Page layout options:: Customizing page layout
-* Style options:: Customizing the HTML and text style
-* Expanding TeX regions::
-* Using init files:: Specifying initialization files for fine tuning
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Splitting output, Next: Output files, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document
-====================================================
-
-The HTML manual resulting from the processing of the Texinfo source may
-be split into files at different levels. This is specified with the
-option `--split' which takes an argument, namely the level of splitting
-(variable: `$SPLIT'). This level may be:
-
-`chapter'
- The document is split at `@chapter', `@appendix', or `@unnumbered'.
-
-`section'
- The document is split at the same places as it is using the
- `chapter' argument, and also at `@section', `@appendixsec' or
- `@unnumberedsec'.
-
-`node'
- The document is split at every sectioning command. It is not
- necessarily split at each node, if the `@node' structure doesn't
- correspond with the sectioning command structure (see below).
-
-`none'
- The document isn't split. This is the default.
-
- There are two kinds of commands which may be used to define
-sectioning elements in Texinfo: `@node' and the structuring commands
-(`@top', `@section', `@appendixsubsec', and so on). A node just
-preceding a structuring command is considered to be part of the same
-sectioning element as that command. If the `@node Top' isn't
-associated with a structuring command it also defines a sectioning
-element.
-
- By default, nodes which aren't associated with a structuring command
-are not considered to be sectioning commands. They are always
-considered to be part of a sectioning element defined by a structuring
-command. It is possible to change this behaviour via the `--use-nodes'
-option (variable `$USE_NODES'). In this case, nodes not associated
-with structuring commands are also considered to be sectioning commands
-defining a sectioning element.
-
- This default behaviour mimics `texi2dvi' behaviour, which ignores
-`@node' commands for the purprose of sectioning, while the second looks
-like `makeinfo' behaviour (*note Two Paths: (texinfo)Two Paths.).
-
- As an illustration, the following table shows how a sample Texinfo
-document is divided into sectioning elements when `--use-nodes' is used
-and not:
-
-Texinfo code default case with
- `--use-nodes'
- @node node1 first element: first element:
- @chapter node 1
- node1 text @node node1 @node node1
- @chapter node 1 @chapter node 1
- @node node2 node1 text node1 text
- node2 text second
- @node node2 element:
- @node node3 node2 text
- node3 text second @node node2
- @chapter node 3 element: node2 text
- chapter text third
- @node node3 element:
- node3 text
- @chapter node 3 @node node3
- chapter text node3 text
- @chapter node 3
- chapter text
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Output files, Next: Expansion, Prev: Splitting output, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.2 Setting output file and directory names
-===========================================
-
-The manual name is constructed by stripping the `.texi', `.txi',
-`.texinfo', or `.txinfo' extension from the Texinfo file name.
-
- By default, `texi2html' generates the manual file in the current
-directory if the manual isn't split. A `.html' file extension is
-appended to the manual name.
-
- If the manual is split the files are put in a directory named after
-the manual name. The file name is constructed using the manual name as
-basename. An underscore followed by a number is appended to the
-basename for each files corresponding with sectioning elements, with the
-exception of the top element. For the top element there nothing
-appended. The files containing special elements pages have an
-underscore and a 3 letter code corresponding to their content (`toc'
-for table of contents, `abt' for about, `ovr' for overview) appended.
-Lastly, an `.html' file extension is appended.
-
- Thus, if the texinfo file `afile.texi' is processed and split at
-chapters into 3 files, the generated files (in directory `afile') will
-be:
-
- afile.html --> `@node Top' or `@top' section
- afile_1.html --> Chapter 1
- afile_2.html --> Chapter 2
- afile_toc.html --> Table of Contents
- afile_abt.html --> About Page
-
- This default behavior may be modified by several command line
-options. If the output isn't split, the prefix file name may be
-overrided by the `--output' command line option (variable `$OUT'). If
-the output is split, and `--output' is set, the files are placed in the
-directory specified by the argument to the option.
-
- The basename may be overridden with `--prefix' (variable `$PREFIX').
-If `--short-ext' is given, `.htm' is appended instead of `.html' in
-the final step (variable `$SHORTEXTN'). The `--top-file' option
-overrides the top element file name (variable `$TOP_FILE'). This can
-be used to name the top element file `index.html'. Similarly, `--toc-file'
-changes the name of the table of contents file (variable `$TOC_FILE').
-
- Reusing the example above, but this time calling `texi2html' like so:
-
- $ texi2html -split chapter -prefix manual -short-ext -top-file index.htm -toc-file contents.htm afile.texi
-
- we get, in `manual':
-
- index.htm --> `@node Top' or `@top' section
- manual_1.htm --> Chapter 1
- manual_2.htm --> Chapter 2
- contents.htm --> Table of Contents
- manual_abt.htm --> About Page
-
- The file names generated by `texi2html' differ from those generated
-by `makeinfo'. `makeinfo' uses the node name to construct the file
-names while splitting at nodes. It is possible to get the same
-behaviour out of `texi2html' by specifying the `--node-files' option
-(variable `$NODE_FILES'). If the output isn't split at nodes,
-`texi2html' will still output files named after the nodes, without real
-content but redirecting to the right file. The default is false for
-this option. This trick enables the generated HTML manual to be a
-target for the cross-references of other manuals generated by
-`makeinfo' or `texi2html'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Expansion, Next: Texinfo related options, Prev: Output files, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded
-=========================================
-
-The default for `texi2html' is to expand the `@ifhtml', `@html', and
-`@menu' regions, all the `@ifnot' regions except `@ifnothtml', and no
-other `@if' regions.
-
- It is possible to expand other regions by setting `--if<region>',
-where `<region>' is replaced by the literal name of the region (for
-example, `--iftex'). Symetrically, if `--no-if<region>' is specified,
-the `<region>' region is ignored. The configuration file array, `@EXPAND',
-holds the names of regions which should be expanded. The only region
-name present in `@EXPAND' in the default case is `html'.
-
- If `--nomenu' is set, the `@menu' sections are not expanded
-(variable `$SHOW_MENU'). The default is to expand `@menu' sections.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Texinfo related options, Next: Page layout options, Prev: Expansion, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features
-=============================================================
-
-Miscalleneous Texinfo related things may be specified via command line
-options.
-
-`--lang=LANG'
- Sets the document language similar to the Texinfo directive,
- `@documentlanguage LANG' (variable `$LANG'). The default is `en',
- that is, use the english language strings.
-
-`-DVAR'
- Sets VAR. Equivalent to, `@set VAR 1', in Texinfo.
-
-`-UVAR'
- Clears VAR. Equivalent to, `@clear VAR', in Texinfo.
-
-`-PDIR'
- Prepend DIR to the list of directories to search for `@include'
- files (the associated array is `@PREPEND_DIRS', empty in the
- default case).
-
-`-IDIR'
- Append DIR to the list of directories to search for `@include'
- files (the associated array is `@INCLUDE_DIRS', empty in the
- default case).
-
- The include files are always searched for in the current directory.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Page layout options, Next: Style options, Prev: Texinfo related options, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.5 Page layout related command line options
-============================================
-
-If the `--frames' option is specified, HTML frames are used. A file
-describing the frame layout is generated, and the document page is
-associated with a frame where the short table of content appears
-(variable `$FRAMES'). The default is not to use frames.
-
- It is also possible to suppress the section navigation panel with `--nosec-nav'
-(variable `$SECTION_NAVIGATION', the default is to output all the
-navigation panels), and to specify whether footnotes should appear at
-the foot of the same page which contains the reference to the note or
-on a separate page with `--separated-footnotes' (variable `$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES').
-The default is to have separated footnotes.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Style options, Next: Expanding TeX regions, Prev: Page layout options, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.6 Customizing the HTML and text style
-=======================================
-
-Miscalleneous style changes may be achieved with command line options.
-
-`--doctype=DTD'
-`--frameset-doctype=DTD'
- You can specify the document DTD by setting these options. `--frameset-doctype'
- applies to the file describing the frames when frames are used
- (corresponding variables are `$DOCTYPE' and `$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE').
-
- The default for the document doctype is:
- <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd">
- And for the frameset doctype:
- <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/frameset.dtd">
-
-`--iso'
- If this option is set, ISO8859 entities are used for some special
- symbols, like Copyright (C) (variable `$USE_ISO'). It is the
- default.
-
-`--css-include=FILE'
- This command line switch provides for the inclusion of an external
- Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) file. More than one file may be
- specified, and `-' stands for the standard input (array `@CSS_FILES').
-
- The option use is the same than for `makeinfo' and is described
- extensively in *Note HTML CSS: (texinfo)HTML CSS. Briefly, the
- CSS `@import' lines from the external file CSS file are pasted
- before the `texi2html' CSS rules, and the external file CSS rules
- are pasted after the `texi2html' CSS rules.
-
-`--html-xref-prefix=PATH'
- This option sets the base directory for external HTML texinfo
- manuals (variable `$EXTERNAL_DIR'). Defaults to `../'.
-
-`--def-table'
- If this option is set, HTML tables are used to format definition
- commands, rather than HTML definition tables (variable `$DEF_TABLE').
- Default is false.
-
-`--short-ref'
- If this option is set, cross-references are given without section
- numbers (variable `$SHORT_REF'). Default is false.
-
-`--number'
- If this option is set, sections are numbered (variable `$NUMBER_SECTIONS').
- This is the default.
-
-`--toc-links'
- If this option is set, links from headings to TOC entries are
- created (variable `$TOC_LINKS'). Default is false.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Expanding TeX regions, Next: Using init files, Prev: Style options, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.7 Expanding `@tex' and `@math' regions using LaTeX2HTML
-=========================================================
-
-It is possible to use LaTeX2HTML (http://www.latex2html.org/) to
-process `@tex' regions and `@math{}' commands. This is an attractive
-way to display mathematical constructs in the HTML manual. The `--l2h'
-option activates this feature (variable $L2H). It is usually desirable
-to expand `@tex' sections when this option is specified (*note
-Expansion::). The default is not to use this feature.
-
- The `--l2h-l2h=PROGRAM' option enables changing the name/location of
-the LaTeX2HTML program processing TeX regions (variable `$L2H_L2H').
-The default is `latex2html'.
-
- `--l2h-tmp' sets the directory used for temporary files, this name
-shouldn't contain a dot `.' (variable is `$L2H_TMP'). Defaults to the
-current dir.
-
- The file specified by `--l2h-file' is used as LaTeX2HTML init file.
-It is searched at the same places than init files (*note Using init
-files::), and the default is `l2h.init'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Using init files, Prev: Expanding TeX regions, Up: Invoking texi2html
-
-4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning
-============================================
-
-Initialization variables are read first from
-`/usr/local/share/texi2html/Config' (the exact location being
-changeable with the `--pkgdatadir=dir' option of the `configure'
-script, see *Note Installation::), `/usr/local/etc/texi2html/Config'
-(the exact location being changeable with the `--sysconfdir=dir' option
-of the `configure' script, see *Note Installation::), from `./Config'
-then from `$HOME/.texi2html/Config'. Any command-line option can
-override the corresponding option set in init file, and the option `--init-file'
-specifies an init file to be loaded, with later settings overriding
-earlier ones.
-
- The init files specified with `--init-file' are searched first in
-the current directory, then in the `$HOME/.texi2html/' directory, in
-the `/usr/local/etc/texi2html/' directory and lastly in the
-`/usr/local/share/texi2html/' directory.
-
- A file is also included based on the language selected, by `$LANG', `--lang'
-or `@documentlanguage'. If no language was selected `en' is considered
-to be the language. All the files with name the language name in
-`/usr/local/share/texi2html/i18n/', `/usr/local/etc/texi2html/i18n/',
-`$HOME/.texi2html/i18n/' and then `./i18n/' are included.
-
- The default initialization options are defined in the
-`texi2html.init' file contained in the `texi2html' distribution (which
-gets included near the beginning of the `texi2html' script that gets
-installed).
-
- To customize `texi2html' it is best if you copy the appropriate
-sections from the `texi2html.init' contents into an appropriate local
-initialization file, make the necessary changes there, and then have
-`texi2html' read this initialization file by one of the means described
-above.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Initialization files, Next: Changing the page layout, Prev: Invoking texi2html, Up: Top
-
-5 Overview of initialization files content and loading
-******************************************************
-
-The initialization files are `perl' files, read as explained in *Note
-Using init files::. You don't need to know much of `perl' to do some
-simple changes in variable values, however, to be able to really take
-advantage of all the features of the initialization file, a good
-knowledge of `perl' is required.
-
- In initialization file two kind of variables appear. These are normal
-variables (including arrays and hashes) and references on functions.
-The later permits the dynamic redefinition of functions used to produce
-the HTML manual. You should be able to change the value of some normal
-variables without a deep knowledge of `perl', by looking at the
-existing examples. The possible mistakes in that case could be omitted
-`;', and bad quoting.
-
- Initialization file are loaded from the main program by the mean of
-a `require', while in the `Texi2HTML::Config' namespace. This means
-that the namespace of the main program and the namespace of
-inititalization files are distinct, which ensures that no name clash
-should happen. The variables are declared with the `our' specifier,
-such that it should be possible to use the `use strict' pragma in the
-initialization file code.
-
- To avoid messing with the variables in the `main' namespace all the
-global variables which could be of use in the init files are in the
-`Texi2HTML' namespace. Notice that the functions of the main program
-are still in the `main' namespace.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Redefining functions:: Function redefinition is achieved with
- redefinition of references on functions.
-* Function prototypes:: Conventions used in that manual for function
- reference prototypes display.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Redefining functions, Next: Function prototypes, Up: Initialization files
-
-5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files
-================================================
-
-To redefine a function you must replace the corresponding funtion
-reference with a reference on your function. Thus you should write
-your function, give it a name you are certain it is unique in the
-`Texi2HTML::Config' namespace, and override the value of the function
-reference with your own function reference. When another function from
-the main program (or from another functions of an initialization file)
-calls the reference, your function will be used.
-
- For example the function reference corresponding with the function
-called when doing an anchor is called `$anchor'. Thus if you want to
-override the corresponding function you could write:
-
- # override the function reference
- $anchor = \&my_own_function;
-
- # the function reference now refers to
- sub my_own_function {
- # process arguments and return an html anchor
- }
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Function prototypes, Prev: Redefining functions, Up: Initialization files
-
-5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes
-============================================
-
-As the functions are defined by a reference name, we will always use
-the reference name in function prototypes. For the function arguments
-we will use `\@array' for a reference on an array and similarly
-`\%hash' for a reference on a hash.
-
- Thus, the prototype for the function associated with the function
-reference `$formatting_function' will be:
-
- -- Function Reference: $text formatting_function $arg1 \@arg2
- `formatting_function' takes as first argument $ARG2, as second
- argument a reference on an array \@ARG2 and returns the formatted
- text $TEXT.
-
- To redefined the corresponding function, you should write:
-
- $formatting_function = \&my_formatting_function
-
- sub my_formatting_function($ $)
- {
- my $arg1 = shift;
- my $arg2 = shift;
- # prepare $formatted_text
- .....
- return $formatted_text
- }
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Changing the page layout, Next: Customizing HTML, Prev: Initialization files, Up: Top
-
-6 Fine tuning of the page layout
-********************************
-
-Some features of the page layout might be specified with command line
-options, the corresponding variables are described in *Note Page layout
-options::. Fine tuning of the page layout may be achieved with
-redefinition of other variables and function references in the
-initialization files.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* The different pages:: The different categories of pages.
-* The page layout:: The elements of a page.
-* Navigation panel:: How to change the navigation panel.
-* Program variables:: The available main program variables and some
- usefull functions from the main program.
-* Output initialization:: Setting variables before the document
- production but after the texinfo parsing.
-* Output finalization:: Cleaning after document generation.
-* css:: Customizing css lines.
-* Customizing header::
-* Customizing section::
-* Customizing footer::
-* Special pages:: Customizing table of contents, top, about page.
-* File names:: Customizing the file names.
-* External index files:: Putting index entries in external files.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: The different pages, Next: The page layout, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements
-=============================================================
-
-The following sectioning elements can be associated with pages:
-
-_Normal elements_
- These are normal sections or nodes. Their association with pages is
- determined by the splitting of the document. *Note Splitting
- output::.
-
-_Top element_
- The top element is the higher element in the document structure.
- If there is a `@top' section it is the element associated with
- that section. Otherwise it is the element associated with the
- `@node Top'. If there is no `@node Top' the first element is the
- top element.
-
- The top element is formatted differently than a normal element if
- there is a `@top' section or the `@node Top' isn't associated with
- a sectioning command.
-
-_Misc elements_
- These elements are associated with pages if the document is split.
- There are four misc elements:
- 1. Table of contents
-
- 2. Short table of contents, also called Overview
-
- 3. Footnotes page
-
- 4. About page
-
- The _About page_ shouldn't be present for documents consisting in
- only one sectioning element. The _Footnote page_ should only be
- present if the footnotes appear on a separated page (*note Page
- layout options::), however a footnote element is present if the
- document isn't split. The _Table of contents_ should only be
- formatted if `@contents' is present in the document. Similarly
- the _Overview_ should only appear if `@shortcontents' or
- `@summarycontents' is present.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: The page layout, Next: Navigation panel, Prev: The different pages, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview
-=============================================
-
-A page is broken up in three parts. A page header, the sections and a
-page footer. A common element in the page layout is a navigation panel
-with icons or text linking to other sections or pages. Another common
-element is a rule, separating sections or footer. The navigation panel
-and the rules may be part of the sections or part of headers or
-footers. You may use the variables `$SMALL_RULE', `$DEFAULT_RULE', `$MIDDLE_RULE'
-and `$BIG_RULE' for rules of different sizes. The defaults are
- $SMALL_RULE = '<hr size="1">';
- $DEFAULT_RULE = '<hr>';
- $MIDDLE_RULE = '<hr size="2">';
- $BIG_RULE = '<hr size="6">';
-
- In the header some important meta data may be defined, like the
-title or style information, and textual informations may be present in
-comments. All this doesn't appear directly in the displayed HTML,
-though.
-
- The page layout is mainly controlled by functions, the precise
-functions called depending on the document splitting. The navigation
-panel, however, can be customized with variables.
-
-Element labels
---------------
-
-There are 19 items associated with elements. Each of these is
-associated with a name and a reference to the element they represent,
-when such an element exists. The element is either a global element or
-an element relative to the current element. The relative elements are
-found with respect with the document structure defined by the section
-structuring commands (`@chapter', `@unnumbered'...) or by the nodes (in
-that case the node directions are specified on node line or in menu
-organization). These items are called "element labels". They may be
-associated with a button (*note Button specifications::), and used in
-the formatting functions (*note Program variables::).
-
- Here is the list:
-
-_` '_
- An empty button
-
-_Top_
- Top element. The associated name is `$TOP_HEADING' if that
- variable is defined. This variable is not set by default.
-
-_Contents_
- Table of contents
-
-_About_
- About (help) page
-
-_Overview_
- Overview, short table of contents
-
-_First_
- First element in reading order
-
-_Last_
- Last element in reading order
-
-_Index_
- The first chapter with `@printindex'. The associated name is `$INDEX_CHAPTER',
- if the variable is set. This variable is not set by default.
-
-_This_
- The current element
-
-_Back_
- Preceding element in reading order
-
-_FastBack_
- Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter if the element is a
- chapter
-
-_Prev_
- Previous section on the same level
-
-_NodePrev_
- Previous node
-
-_Forward_
- Next element in reading order
-
-_FastForward_
- Next chapter
-
-_Next_
- Next section on the same level
-
-_NodeNext_
- Next node
-
-_Following_
- Next node in node reading order
-
-_Up_
- Up section
-
-_NodeUp_
- Up node
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Navigation panel, Next: Program variables, Prev: The page layout, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons
-==================================================
-
-A lot of customization of the navigation panel may be achieved without
-redefining functions, with variables redefinition. In case it isn't
-enough, it is also possible to redefine the function doing the
-navigation panel formatting.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* General purpose variables:: Variables controlling the navigation panel
- at a global level
-* Button specifications::
-* Panel formatting function::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: General purpose variables, Next: Button specifications, Up: Navigation panel
-
-6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level
-------------------------------------------------------------
-
-The global formatting of the navigation panels may be changed with the
-following variables:
-
-`$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION'
- A vertical navigation panel will be used for the header navigation
- panel if this variable is true.
-
-`$ICONS'
- Icons are used instead of textual buttons if this variable is true.
-
-`$SECTION_NAVIGATION'
- If this variable is false there is no section navigation, no
- navigation panels for the elements within the pages, only at the
- beginning and the end of the page (*note Page layout options::).
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Button specifications, Next: Panel formatting function, Prev: General purpose variables, Up: Navigation panel
-
-6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting
----------------------------------------
-
-Several arrays and hashes enable a precise control on the buttons and
-their display. The following arrays determine the buttons present in
-navigation panels:
-
-`@SECTION_BUTTONS'
- This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the
- begining of sectioning elements. If split at node or section they
- are also used at the page footer, and in the case of section
- navigation at the page header.
-
-`@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS'
-`@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS'
- This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the
- footer of pages when split at node or at section.
-
- If `$WORDS_IN_PAGE' is set and the output is split at nodes, these
- buttons are only present if there are more than `$WORDS_IN_PAGE'
- words in the sectioning element text. This counting is very rough
- and include punctuation marks, html elements, numbers. The
- default is to include the buttons after 300 words.
-
-`@CHAPTER_BUTTONS'
- This array is used for the buttons appearing at the page footer if
- split at chapter, and at the page header if split at chapter and
- there is no section navigation.
-
-`@MISC_BUTTONS'
- These buttons appear at the beginning of special and sections and
- at the end of these section pages if the output is split.
-
- The array specify the buttons displayed in navigation panels, and
-how the button is displayed. Each element is associated with a button
-of the navigation panel from left to right. The signification of the
-array element value is the following:
-
-_reference on a function_
- The function is called with first argument a filehandle reference
- on the current file and second argument a boolean true if the
- navigation panel should be vertical.
-
-_reference on a scalar_
- The scalar value is printed. For some possibly usefull scalars,
- *Note Elements hashes::.
-
-_reference on an array_
- In this case the first array element should be a reference on text
- and the second element an element label. In that case a link to the
- element associated with the element label with the scalar value
- text is generated.
-
- For example if the buttons array element is
- [ 'Next', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next} ]
-
- The button will be a link to the next section with text `$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}'.
-
-_element label_
- If icons are not used, the button is a link to the corresponding
- element which text is defined by the value associated with the
- element label in the `%NAVIGATION_TEXT' hash, surrounded by `['
- and `]'. If the element label is ` ', there is no `[' and `]'.
- The element of the `%NAVIGATION_TEXT' hash are defined
- dynamically, in the `init_out' function reference (*note Output
- initialization::).
-
- If icons are used, the button is an image with file determined by
- the value associated with the element label in the `%ACTIVE_ICONS'
- hash if the the link really leads to an element, or in the `%PASSIVE_ICONS'
- hash if there is no element to link to. Of course if there is a
- link to the element the icon links to that element.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Panel formatting function, Prev: Button specifications, Up: Navigation panel
-
-6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting
-----------------------------------------------
-
-If you are not satisfied with this scheme, it is possible to control
-exactly the formatting of navigation panels by redefining a function
-reference. The function controlling the display of navigation panel is
-associated with the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: print_navigation $filehandle \@buttons $vertical
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- \@BUTTONS is an array reference which should hold the
- specification of the buttons for that navigation panel. $VERTICAL
- is true if the navigation panel should be vertical.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Program variables, Next: Output initialization, Prev: Navigation panel, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions
-================================================
-
-In the functions controlling the page layout some global variables set
-by the main program are available, with value corresponding with the
-current layout element.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Elements hashes:: Accessing information related with the
- different elements
-* Global informations:: Accessing global informations, like date,
- title...
-* Global functions:: main program usefull functions
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Elements hashes, Next: Global informations, Up: Program variables
-
-6.4.1 Accessing elements informations
--------------------------------------
-
-Four hashes are available, with key the elements labels (as described
-in *Note Element labels::) and values:
-
-`%Texi2HTML::NAME'
- The formatted element name
-
-`%Texi2HTML::HREF'
- The element hypertext reference
-
-`%Texi2HTML::NODE'
- The element node name
-
-`%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI'
- The element name after removal of texi commands
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Global informations, Next: Global functions, Prev: Elements hashes, Up: Program variables
-
-6.4.2 Accessing global informations
------------------------------------
-
-Three kinds of global informations are available, miscalleneous global
-strings, flags set by `@set' and special flags and section lines.
-
-Global strings
-..............
-
-The `%Texi2HTML::THISDOC' hash holds some global informations:
-
-`fulltitle'
- title set by `@title'. If there is no `@title' other possibilities
- are tried (`@settitle', `@shorttitlepage'...).
-
-`title'
- title set by `@settitle', or `fulltitle'.
-
-`title_no_texi'
- title without texi formatting
-
-`title_texi'
- title with texi commands
-
-`author'
- Authors list set by `@author'.
-
-`authors'
- A reference on an array containing each author set by `@author'.
-
-`copying'
- Text appearing in `@copying' with all the texinfo commands removed,
- put in comments.
-
-`program'
- The name and version of `texi2html'.
-
-`program_homepage'
- Homepage for `texi2html'.
-
-`program_authors'
- Authors of `texi2html'.
-
-`file_base_name'
- base name of the texinfo manual file.
-
-`destination_directory'
- Destination directory for the resulting files.
-
-`toc_file'
- The file name of the table of contents.
-
-`today'
- The date.
-
- It also holds the arg of the following commands, associated with the
-command name: kbdinputstyle, paragraphindent, setchapternewpage,
-headings, footnotestyle, exampleindent, firstparagraphindent,
-everyheading, everyfooting, evenheading, evenfooting, oddheading,
-oddfooting.
-
-Flags
-.....
-
-Flags defined by `@set' may be accessed through the `%main::value'
-hash. The key is the flag name, the value is the flag value at the end
-of the document.
-
- Special flags are set by the main program. They correspond with a
-texinfo command, like `@setfilename', or `@settitle', `@author'... The
-corresponding flag is the command name with `_' appended, for example,
-`_titlefont' corresponds with `@titlefont'. Like other flags they are
-available in `%main::value'.
-
-Section lines
-.............
-
-The following array references or arrays holds formatted lines:
-
-`$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION'
- Lines of the current element.
-
-`$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER'
- Lines of the current element appearing before the element label
- (anchors).
-
-`$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW'
- Lines of short table of contents. *Note Special pages::.
-
-`$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES'
- Lines of table of contents. *Note Special pages::.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Global functions, Prev: Global informations, Up: Program variables
-
-6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting
------------------------------------------
-
-The usefull function is a function used to print an array of lines,
-which also counts the number of words in the array, if needed.
-
- -- Function: $words_number main::print_lines $filehandle \@lines_array
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- \@LINES_ARRAY is the array line the function should write to the
- file. If this argument is omitted, the function uses `$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION'.
- $WORDS_NUMBER is the number of words in the array, only defined if
- split at nodes and `$WORDS_IN_PAGE' is defined.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Output initialization, Next: Output finalization, Prev: Program variables, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.5 Preparing the output
-========================
-
-After the texinfo file has been parsed, some information is available
-which can be used to modify some variables and prepare the outputting.
-For example the document language, the document encoding, values set
-with `@set' or `@setfilename' and other similar @-commands are not
-known before the texinfo parsing.
-
- The following function reference may be redefined to be called after
-texinfo processing and before document generation:
-
- -- Function Reference: $encoding init_out
- This function perform the initialization of variables and any other
- task before document outputting. It returns the encoding used for
- the output files.
-
- In the default case the `$BODYTEXT' (*note Customizing header::) and
-the hashes `%NAVIGATION_TEXT' (*note Button specifications::) and `%BUTTONS_GOTO'
-(*note About text::) are initialized.
-
- To perform the default initializations and also add more code, you
-could do as in the following example (save the default function
-reference and call it in your own function) :
-
- my $default_init_out = $init_out;
- $init_out = \&makeinfo_like_init_out;
- sub makeinfo_like_init_out()
- {
- my $encoding = &$default_init_out();
- $NAVIGATION_TEXT{'Following'} = ' &gt; ';
- return $encoding;
- }
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Output finalization, Next: css, Prev: Output initialization, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.6 Finalizing the output
-=========================
-
-If you want to do some cleaning after the document was generated (close
-files, write at the end of files and so on), the following function
-reference may be redefined:
-
- -- Function Reference: finish_out
- This function is called after the document generation.
-
- The default is to do nothing.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: css, Next: Customizing header, Prev: Output finalization, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.7 Customizing the `texi2html' css lines
-=========================================
-
-It is possible to modify the `texi2html' css lines by modifying the
-entries or adding to the `%css_map' hash. Each key is a css selector,
-the corresponding value is a style string.
-
- The whole css text is in the variable `$CSS_LINES'. If this variable
-is defined the variable value is used instead of being constructed
-using the `%css_map' entries. For example if you don't want any css
-entries, set
-
- $CSS_LINES = '';
-
- It is also possible to change completely the way `$CSS_LINES' are
-generated by redefining the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: css_lines \@import_lines \@rule_lines
- This function should be used to construct the `$CSS_LINES'.
- \@IMPORT_LINES are the `@import' lines of the files specified with `--include-css',
- and \@RULE_LINES are the css commands lines of these files. *Note
- Style options::.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing header, Next: Customizing section, Prev: css, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.8 Customizing the page header
-===============================
-
-It is possible to add lines to the text within the `<head>' HTML
-elements, by defining the variable `$EXTRA_HEAD'. Similarly it is
-possible to add text just after the `<body>' element with the variable `$AFTER_BODY_OPEN'.
-These variables are empty by default.
-
- The encoding of the texinfo file is defined by `$DOCUMENT_ENCODING'
-if no `@documentencoding' appears in the document. The default is a
-`en-ascii' encoding. The encoding of the resulting document is defined
-by `$ENCODING'. The default is the `$DOCUMENT_ENCODING'.
-
- The description of the document may be specified in `$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION'.
-If this variable is undef, the text associated with
-`@documentdescription' is used, and if there isn't such test a default
-description is constructed using the document title and the name of the
-first section of the file.
-
- The `<body>' element attributes may be set by defining the variable `$BODYTEXT'.
-If you want to define that variable dynamically, you should use the
-`init_out' function reference (*note Output initialization::).
-
- The default functions call the function associated with `$print_head_navigation'
-to format the navigation panel for the page header. Thus you can
-control parts of the formatting by redefining the function reference.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_head_navigation $filehandle \@buttons
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- \@BUTTONS is an array reference which should hold the
- specification of the buttons for the navigation panel.
-
- If you want even more control, you can have full control over the
-page header formatting by redefining three function references. The
-function associated with `$print_page_head' is called for all the
-pages, and after that, the function associated with `$print_chapter_header'
-is called if the document is split at chapters, or the function
-associated with `$print_section_header' is called if the document is
-split at sections.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_page_head $filehandle
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- This function should print the page head, including the `<body>'
- element.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_chapter_header $filehandle
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- This function is called if the document is split at chapters, after
- `print_page_head'.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_section_header $filehandle
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- This function is called if the document is split at sections, after
- `print_page_head'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing section, Next: Customizing footer, Prev: Customizing header, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.9 Customizing the sections
-============================
-
-The functions associated with the following function references are
-used for the formatting of sections:
-
- -- Function Reference: print_section $filehandle $first_in_page
- $previous_is_top
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- $FIRST_IN_PAGE is true if this section is the first section in the
- page. $PREVIOUS_IS_TOP is true if this section is the section
- following the Top section. This function should print the current
- section.
-
- -- Function Reference: end_section $filehandle
- $last_element_or_before_top
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- $LAST_ELEMENT_OR_BEFORE_TOP is true if this section precedes the
- top element or is the last one in page, or before the special
- elements.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing footer, Next: Special pages, Prev: Customizing section, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.10 Customizing the page footer
-================================
-
-It is possible to add text just before the `</body>' element with the
-variable `$PRE_BODY_CLOSE'. Nothing is added by default.
-
- The default functions call the function associated with `$print_foot_navigation'
-to format the navigation panel for the page footer. Thus you can
-control parts of the formatting by redefining the function reference.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_foot_navigation $filehandle \@buttons
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- \@BUTTONS is an array reference which should hold the
- specification of the buttons for the navigation panel.
-
- If you want even more control, you can have full control the page
-footer formatting by redefining three function references. The
-function associated with `$print_chapter_footer' is called if the
-document is split at chapters, or the function associated with `$print_section_footer'
-is called if the document is split at sections. After that the
-function associated with `$print_page_foot' is called.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_page_foot $filehandle
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- This function should print the page foot, including the `</body>'
- element.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_chapter_footer $filehandle
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- This function is called if the document is split at chapters,
- before `print_page_foot'.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_section_footer $filehandle
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- This function is called if the document is split at sections,
- before `print_page_foot'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Special pages, Next: File names, Prev: Customizing footer, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.11 Special pages formatting
-=============================
-
-For the special elements, two things must be formatted: the content and
-the page layout
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Special pages content::
-* Special pages layout::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Special pages content, Next: Special pages layout, Up: Special pages
-
-6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages
----------------------------------------------------
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Top element text::
-* Contents and Overview text::
-* Footnotes text::
-* About text::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Top element text, Next: Contents and Overview text, Up: Special pages content
-
-6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting
-....................................
-
-The top element formatting is controlled by three function which also
-controls the layout of the top element page or section. The associated
-function references are:
-
- -- Function Reference: print_Top_header $filehandle $begin_page
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- $BEGIN_PAGE is true if the element is the first in a page. This
- function should begin the Top element. At the time this function
- is called the top element text hasn't been parsed.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_Top $filehandle $has_top_heading
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- $HAS_TOP_HEADING is true if there is a `@heading' command or
- `@titlefont' command appearing in the Top element text. This
- function should be used to format the Top element text and
- navigation panel.
-
- -- Function Reference: print_Top_footer $filehandle $end_page
- $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
- $END_PAGE is true if the element is the last in a page. This
- function should end the Top element.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Contents and Overview text, Next: Footnotes text, Prev: Top element text, Up: Special pages content
-
-6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents
-......................................................
-
-Several variables may be used to control the formatting of table of
-contents and short table of contents:
-
-`$DO_CONTENTS'
- If the variable is true a table of contents is done even if there
- is no `@contents' command.
-
-`$DO_SCONTENTS'
- If the variable is true a short table of contents is done even if
- there is no `@summarycontents' command.
-
-`$BEFORE_OVERVIEW'
- The variable value is inserted before the short table of contents
- text.
-
-`$AFTER_OVERVIEW'
- The variable value is inserted after the short table of contents
- text.
-
-`$BEFORE_TOC_LINES'
- The variable value is inserted before the table of contents text.
-
-`$AFTER_TOC_LINES'
- The variable value is inserted after the table of contents text.
-
-`$TOC_LIST_STYLE'
- This should contain a css style used for the list style if the
- tables of content are formatted with a list.
-
-`$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE'
- This should contain an attribute text used for the list element if
- the tables of content are formatted with a list.
-
- More control on the table of contents and short table of contents
-formatting may be achieved by redefining a function with the following
-associated function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: toc_body \@elements
- \@ELEMENTS is an array reference contining informations about all
- the elements of the document. Each of the entry of this array is
- an hash reference which entries correspond with different
- informations about the element. Interesting keys have the
- following meaning:
-
- `top'
- true if the element is the top element,
-
- `index_page'
- true if the element is an index page added because of index
- splitting,
-
- `toc_level'
- level of the element in the table of content. Highest level
- is 1 for the top element and for chapters, appendix and so on,
- 2 for section, unnumberedsec and so on...
-
- `tocid'
- label used for reference linking to the element in table of
- contents,
-
- `file'
- the file containing the element, usefull to do href to that
- file in case the document is split,
-
- `text'
- text of the element, with section number,
-
- `name'
- text of the element, without section number.
-
- This function doesn't return anything but should fill the array
- corresponding with the `$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES' and `$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW'
- references with the table of contents and short table of contents.
-
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Footnotes text, Next: About text, Prev: Contents and Overview text, Up: Special pages content
-
-6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text
-.....................................
-
-The footnotes text is allready formatting when `@footnote' commands are
-expanded. *Note Footnotes::.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: About text, Prev: Footnotes text, Up: Special pages content
-
-6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text
-.................................
-
-The default about element contains an explaination of the buttons used
-in the document (`@SECTION_BUTTONS', *Note Button specifications::) and
-an example locating the buttons targets in an example. The formatting
-of this text may be influenced by the following hashes and variables:
-
-`$PRE_ABOUT'
-`$AFTER_ABOUT'
- This variable may be a scalar or a function reference. If it is a
- scalar, the value is used. If this is a function reference it is
- expanded and the returned text is used. The text is added before
- or after the main about text.
-
-`%BUTTONS_GOTO'
- The keys of this hash are element labels (*note Element labels::).
- The value is the text associated with the element label in the
- about text. The element of the hash are defined dynamically, you
- should in the `init_out' function reference (*note Output
- initialization::).
-
-`%BUTTONS_EXAMPLE'
- The keys of this hash are element labels (*note Element
- labels::). The value is the text associated with the element label
- in the about example, typically a section number.
-
-
- If this is not enough and you want to control exactly the formatting
-of the about text, you can redefine the function associated with the
-following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $about_text print_about
- This function should return the about text.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Special pages layout, Prev: Special pages content, Up: Special pages
-
-6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages
---------------------------------------------------
-
-The formatting of each of the special pages, or section in case the
-document is not split, is controlled by a function. The associated
-function reference is called accordingly:
-
-`print_Top'
-
-`print_Top_header'
-
-`print_Top_footer'
- Formatting of top element page or section. It is also used for the
- formatting of the top element text (*note Top element text::).
-
-`print_Toc'
- Formatting of table of contents page or section
-
-`print_Overview'
- Formatting of short table of contents page or section
-
-`print_About'
- Formatting of about (help) page or section
-
-`print_Footnotes'
- Formatting of footnotes section or page in case footnotes are on a
- separated page or the document isn't split.
-
- In the default case, `$print_Top' calls `$print_Top_header' for the
-header and `$print_Top_footer' for the footer of top element. All the
-other function call `$print_misc' which in turn calls `$print_misc_header'
-for the headers and `$print_misc_footer' for the footers.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: File names, Next: External index files, Prev: Special pages, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.12 Customizing the file names
-===============================
-
-It is possible to specify the file names with more control than with the
-command line options (*note Output files::). First the extension may
-be overrided by the variable `$EXTENSION' value. Two function
-references enable further customization. One is usefull in case `$NODE_FILES'
-is true and it is used to customize the node file name itself and is
-also used to produce a file name with a redirection leading to the node
-file.
-
- -- Function Reference: ($node_file $redirection_node_file)
-node_file_name $node
- $NODE is a hash reference with the following interesting keys
- (there are much more keys):
- `texi'
- The texinfo node name.
-
- `with_section'
- True if associated with a section.
- The result is the node file name $NODE_FILE, and the file
- containing a redirection to the node $REDIRECTION_NODE_FILE.
-
- The other is usefull if `$NODE_FILES' isn't true. It is used to
-customize the file associated with each element.
-
- -- Function Reference: $file element_file_name $element $is_top
- $docu_name
- $ELEMENT is a hash reference with the following interesting keys
- (there are much more keys):
- `texi'
- The texinfo element name.
-
- `number'
- The number associated with a section.
-
- `doc_nr'
- A number incremented whenever a new file should begin, based
- on how the document is split (*note Splitting output::).
-
- `text'
- The element text.
-
- `name'
- The element text without section number.
- $IS_TOP is true if the element is considered as the top element.
- $DOCU_NAME is the basename of the texinfo manual. The result is
- the element file name.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: External index files, Prev: File names, Up: Changing the page layout
-
-6.13 Generation of external files for index entries
-===================================================
-
-Within the document, `@printindex' commands are expanded as explained
-in *Note Index list::. In case you want to do something special with
-index entries, outside of the document, you should first set the
-variable `$IDX_SUMMARY' true. After that some function reference will
-be called for each non empty index. For each index there are 3 function
-references, one called for initialization, one called for each index
-entry and the last one called for finalazation.
-
- -- Function Reference: index_summary_file_begin $index_name $is_printed
- $INDEX_NAME is the two letters name for the index. This function
- is called for each index appearing in the document, before
- `index_summary_file_entry'. $IS_PRINTED is true if there is a
- `@printindex' for that index.
-
- -- Function Reference: index_summary_file_entry $index_name
- $entry_text $entry_reference $formatted_entry $texi_entry
- $entry_element_reference $entry_element_header $is_printed
- This function is called for each entry of an index. INDEX_NAME is
- the name of the index. $ENTRY_TEXT is the entry in plain text,
- $FORMATTED_ENTRY is the index entry formatted, $TEXI_ENTRY is the
- entry with texinfo commands. $ENTRY_REFERENCE is the reference
- placed at the index entry place, in the form `file#id'.
- $ENTRY_ELEMENT_HEADER is the formatted header of the element
- containing the index entry. ENTRY_ELEMENT_HEADER is the reference
- to the beginning of the element containing the index entry, in the
- form `file#id'. $IS_PRINTED is true if there is a `@printindex'
- for that index.
-
- -- Function Reference: index_summary_file_end $index_name $is_printed
- $INDEX_NAME is the two letters name for the index. This function
- is called for each index appearing in the document, after
- `index_summary_file_entry'. $IS_PRINTED is true if there is a
- `@printindex' for that index.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing HTML, Next: Internationalization, Prev: Changing the page layout, Up: Top
-
-7 Customizing HTML and text style in init files
-***********************************************
-
-Some simple customization may be achieved with the redefinition of the
-variables associated with the command line options. For the description
-and an explanation of the meaning of these variables, *Note Style
-options::.
-
- Other variables and hash entries can be modified in initialization
-file to achieve more customization. Lastly, functions references
-corresponding with functions called from the main program and
-initialization files may be redefined.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Three contexts:: there are three different contexts for command
- expansion: normal text, preformatted text and
- strings.
-* Commands without argument::
-* Style and accent commands::
-* Anchors images and spaces:: Formatting of `@anchor', `@image', `@sp', `@acronym', `@abbr'
-* Text:: Some characters are processed specially
-* Strings:: `texi2html' write some strings in the output
- different for each languages
-* References::
-* Alignement commands:: `@center', `@flushleft'...
-* Paragraph and preformatted region::
-* Complex formats:: `@example', `@display'...
-* Lists tables::
-* Definitions::
-* Headings::
-* Special regions:: `@verbatim', `@cartouche', `@quotation'
-* Menus::
-* Indices::
-* Floats and lists of floats:: `@float' and `@listoffloats'
-* Footnotes::
-* Other and unknown commands:: You can handle specifically other commands
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Three contexts, Next: Commands without argument, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string
-==================================================================
-
-There are three contexts of interest, one is the normal context, the
-other is a special context, called the "preformatted" context and the
-last is the string context. The preformatted context occurs when the
-spacing between words is kept. This is the case, for example, in
-`@display' or `@example' regions, and in menu comments (*note Menus::).
-The preformatted regions are usually rendered in `<pre>' elements in
-HTML. The string context occurs when rendering strings without
-formatting elements, in comments or titles for example.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Commands without argument, Next: Style and accent commands, Prev: Three contexts, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument
-===========================================================
-
-This includes the commands whose name is a nonletter character like
-`@@', the commands with lettered characters and braces but whose braces
-should be empty, like `@TeX{}', or some commands associated with
-accentted letters like `@AA{}'. If there happens to be something within
-the braces, it is put after the command, thus
- @TeX{something}
- leads to the same than
- @TeX{} something
-
- Each of these categories of commands have three associated hashes,
-one for normal context, the other for preformatted context and the last
-in strings. The keys of the hashes are the command names, the
-associated value is the text replacing the command.
-
- The hashes are:
-command type normal text preformatted text string
-one nonlettered character `%simple_map' `%simple_map_pre' `%simple_map_texi'
-nothing in braces `%things_map' `%pre_map' `%texi_map'
-
- To change the HTML resulting from these constructs, just change the
-value. For example, if you want `&shy;' to be outputted for `@-' in
-normal and preformatted context, write in your init file:
-
- $simple_map{'-'} = '&shy;';
- $simple_map_pre{'-'} = '&shy;';
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Style and accent commands, Next: Anchors images and spaces, Prev: Commands without argument, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands
-=======================================================
-
-The formatting of the HTML produced by style and indicatric commands
-(`@tt', `@code', `@email', `@titlefont'), the accentuation related
-commands taking argument (`@'', `@udotaccent', `@dotless') and
-miscalleneous commands (`@email', `@verb', `@w', `@uref', `@math',
-`@asis') is controlled by two hash in the default case, `%style_map'
-for normal context, `%style_map_pre' for preformatted context and `%style_map_texi'
-in string context.
-
- The key of the hashes are the command names. There are two
-possibilities for the values corresponding with two interfaces. The
-values may be strings or hash references, and you can chose the
-interface depending on the one you prefer. The interface with hash
-reference is a bit more flexible but might also be regarded as more
-complex. If you don't like either of these interfaces you can define
-your own.
-
- Some remarks are in order:
-
- * The nonlettered accent commands which following character is
- considered to be the argument (like in `@`a') should be keys of the
- hash `%accent_map' hash, even if no value is associated.
-
- * `@math' is handled differently if LaTeX2HTML is used.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Hash reference interface::
-* String interface::
-* Define your own interface::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Hash reference interface, Next: String interface, Up: Style and accent commands
-
-7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-The key of the hashes are the command names. The value determine how
-the command argument is formatted. This value is a reference on a hash.
-In this hash each key corresponds with a type of information for the
-formatting, and the value is the corresponding information. For
-example, in
-
- $style_map{'command'} = { 'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'code'};
-
- the arguments for `@command' are interpreted as specified by the
-values associated with the `args' key while the attribute associated
-with that command is `code'.
-
- The following keys in the hashes associated with each command have
-the following meaning:
-
-`args'
- The value associated is a reference on an array. Each element of
- the array defines how the arguments (separated by `,' in the
- texinfo code) for the @-command should be formatted. The
- possibilities are
- `normal'
- for normal text,
-
- `code'
- for text with `---', `--', `''' and ```' kept as is,
-
- `keep'
- if the texinfo should be kept as is, without interpretation
- of the @-commands.
-
- For example, we have
- $style_map{'email'}->{'args'} = ['code', 'normal'];
-
- because `---', `--', `''' and ```' should be kept as is in the
- first argument of `@email'.
-
- The default is `['normal']'.
-
-`attribute'
- If the associated value is a word, it is considered to be an HTML
- element name, and the argument is enclosed between the element
- opening and the element closing. For example, if the value is
- `elem', the resulting HTML is `<elem>ARG</elem>'.
-
- If the text is a word followed by some text, the word and is
- interpreted as above, and the text is considered to be the
- attributes text of the element. Thus `elem class="elem"' leads to
- `<elem class="elem">ARG</elem>'.
-
- This works only if there is only one argument.
-
-`begin'
- The associated value is added in front of the text.
-
-`begin'
- The associated value is added after the text.
-
-`quotes'
- If the corresponding value is true, the result is enclosed in
- quotes `$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL' and `$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL', with
- defaults ``' and `''.
-
-`function'
- The corresponding value should be a function reference. The
- corresponding function is called with the following arguments:
-
- `$command'
- The @-command name
-
- `$args'
- A reference on an array containing the arguments of the
- @-command.
-
- `$style_stack'
- A reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands
- containing the @-command being formatted.
-
- `$state'
- A reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about
- the context of the @-command.
-
- `$line_nr'
- An opaque structure containing the information about the line
- number of the @-command. It can be used to call
- `main::echo_error' or `main::echo_warning' with first
- argument a message, and second argument `$line_nr'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: String interface, Next: Define your own interface, Prev: Hash reference interface, Up: Style and accent commands
-
-7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string
---------------------------------------------------------
-
-The keys of the hashes are the command names. The value determine how
-the command argument is formatted. If the value begins with `"', the
-result is enclosed in quotes `$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL' and `$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL',
-with defaults ``' and `''.
-
- The command argument is allready formatted as HTML. The remaining
-of the value text (or the value text if there were no `"') is
-interpreted as follow:
-
- * If the text is empty the argument of the command is left as is.
-
- * If the text is a `&' followed by a name, like `&function', the
- name is considered to be a function name, and this function is
- called to format the argument of the command. The first argument
- of the function is the command name, the second is the command
- argument. For example, if the value associated with the
- (fictituous) command `@foo' is `&my_func' and we have:
-
- sub my_func
- {
- my @args = split /,\s*/ $_[1];
- return "$_[0]: $args[0]" if ($args[1] = 1);
- return "$args[0]";
- }
-
- The result of
- @foo{truc, 1}
- @foo{truc, bidule}
- will be
- foo: truc
- truc
-
- * If the text is a word, it is considered to be an HTML element
- name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening and
- the element closing. For example, if the value is `elem', the
- resulting HTML is `<elem>ARG</elem>'. Similarly `"quoted' leads to
- ``<quoted>ARG</quoted>''.
-
- * If the text is a word followed by some text, the word and is
- interpreted as above, and the text is considered to be the
- attributes text of the element. Thus `elem class="elem"' leads to
- `<elem class="elem">ARG</elem>'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Define your own interface, Prev: String interface, Up: Style and accent commands
-
-7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface
-----------------------------------------------------------
-
-If you don't like this scheme, it is possible to change how those
-commands are processed by redefining the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $resulting_text style $style $command $text
- $args $no_close $no_open $line_nr $state $style_stack
- $COMMAND is the @-command, $STYLE is the value associated with the
- $COMMAND in the `%style_map', `%style_map_pre' or
- `%style_map_texi' hashes. The $TEXT is the text appearing within
- the @-command braces. ARGS is a reference on an array contening
- the command arguments formatted according to the same conventions
- than with the reference hash style (provided the value associated
- with the @-command is a hash reference with a $ARG key as
- described in *Note Reference hash args::). If $TEXT is split in
- paragraphs each paragraph is passed through the function, and
- $NO_CLOSE is true if it is not the last paragraph, while $NO_OPEN
- is true if it is not the first paragraph. $LINE_NR is an opaque
- structure containing the information about the line number of the
- @-command. It can be used to call `main::echo_error' or
- `main::echo_warning' with first argument a message, and second
- argument `$line_nr'. $STATE is a reference on a hash containing a
- lot of informations about the context of the @-command.
- $STYLE_STACK is a reference on an array containing the name of the
- @-commands containing the @-command being formatted.
-
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Anchors images and spaces, Next: Text, Prev: Style and accent commands, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.4 Formatting of special simple commands
-=========================================
-
-The formatting of special simple commands is controlled by functions. To
-customize the output, the corresponding function references should be
-redefined. All these functions return a formatted text.
-
- The formatting of anchors is controlled by `$anchor', but the
-function associated with the function reference does more, it is usefull
-to produce a reference target or link.
-
- -- Function Reference: $anchor anchor $identifier $href $text
- $attributes
- If $IDENTIFIER is not empty, this value should be used to create a
- target for links (typically associated with a name or id attribute
- in HTML). The $HREF argument specifies a hpertextual reference
- which should be used to link to a target. In case both
- $IDENTIFIER and $HREF are given the text produced should be both
- a target for $IDENTIFIER and a link to $HREF. $TEXT is the text
- to be displayed. $ATTRIBUTES are additional attributes. It
- should be reasonable to assume that the attributes are for a `<a>'
- HTML element.
-
- The formatting of `@image' is controlled by:
-
- -- Function Reference: $image image $file_path $basename $preformatted
- $file_name
- $FILE_PATH is the image file name with the path, $BASENAME is the
- alternate text or the file name without extension if no alternate
- text is given. $PREFORMATTED is true if the image appears in
- preformatted text. $FILE_NAME is the file name without path but
- with extension.
-
- The formatting of `@sp' is controlled by:
-
- -- Function Reference: $sp sp $number $preformatted
- $NUMBER is the numeric argument of `@sp'. $PREFORMATTED is true
- if the `@sp' appears in preformatted text.
-
- The formatting of `@acronym' and `@abbr' is controlled by:
-
- -- Function Reference: $acronym acronym_like $acronym_texi
- $acronym_text $with_explanation \@explanation_lines
- $explanation_text $explanation_simply_formatted
- $ACRONYM_TEXI is the acronym argument with texinfo @-commands,
- $ACRONYM_TEXT is formatted.
-
- The other arguments are related with the explanation, the second
- arg of the acronym. $WITH_EXPLANATION is true if the second
- argument of the acronym command is present. If an explanation
- exists, coming from previous `@acronym' or as an arg of this
- command, the other args are defined: \@EXPLANATION_LINES is a
- reference on an array containing the unformatted explanation lines,
- $EXPLANATION_TEXT is the explanation text formatted,
- $EXPLANATION_SIMPLY_FORMATTED is the explanation with a light
- formatting, unabling in HTML (or XML) the explanation to be in an
- attribute.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Text, Next: Strings, Prev: Anchors images and spaces, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.5 Processing special characters in text
-=========================================
-
-Some characters are processed especially in text: `---', `--', ```' and
-`'''. This is done only if in normal text and not in some commands
-(`@code', `@env'...). A function reference is called to process those
-characters in text
-
- -- Function Reference: $processed_text normal_text $text
- The function processes `---', `--', ```' and `''' in $TEXT and
- returns $PROCESSED_TEXT. The default is to change `---' to `--',
- `--' to `-', and ```' and `''' to `"'.
-
- Some characters are special in HTML (`&', `"', `<' and `>') and
-should be protected. This is done by the function associated with the
-function reference
-
- -- Function Reference: $protected_text protect_text $text
- The function processes the unprotected text $TEXT and returns the
- resulting protected text $PROTECTED_TEXT.
-
- Empty lines are processed by the following function reference, which
-could be usefull if empty lines are to be removed for example
-
- -- Function Reference: $resulting_text empty_line $empty_line
- This function processes an $EMPTY_LINE and returns the resulting
- text $RESULTING_TEXT. Empty lines are left as is by default.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Strings, Next: References, Prev: Text, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.6 Customizing strings written by `texi2html'
-==============================================
-
-`texi2html' writes some strings in the generated document at various
-places, at the page footers, on the help page, for special section
-headings, buttons alt text and so on. These strings are customizable.
-The string chosen depends on the language of the document (set by `--lang', `$LANG'
-or `@documentlanguage'). This is the basis for internationalization as
-it allows for strings translations.
-
- The strings are found in a hash reference, `$LANGUAGES'. Each key
-is a language code. The associated value is also a hash reference. The
-key is an english string and the associated value is the string
-replacing the english string, if present. For example, we have
-
- $LANGUAGES->{'fr'} = {
- ' Up ' => 'Plus haut',
- };
-
- It means that whenever the string ` Up ' is to be written and the
-language is `fr', `Plus haut' is written. It is possible to customize
-the english strings by redefining the `en' language hash.
-
- When a string contains a `%' followed by `{' NAME `}' it means that
-the string will be expanded by `texi2html'. For example, if we have
-
- $LANGUAGES->{'fr'} = {
- 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href}',
- };
-
- `%{node_file_href}' will be expanded to an href for a node in a file
-by `texi2html' in the string. A `%%' will be expanded as `%'.
-
- For more on internationalization, see *Note Internationalization::.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: References, Next: Alignement commands, Prev: Strings, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.7 References
-==============
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Reference to external manual::
-* Internal reference::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Reference to external manual, Next: Internal reference, Up: References
-
-7.7.1 Reference to external manual
-----------------------------------
-
-The references are produced with two function references, one for the
-hypertextual reference construction, the other for the full reference to
-external manual.
-
- -- Function Reference: $href external_href $node $node_identifier
- $xml_node_identifier $manual_file_name
- $NODE is the node name, with @-commands. $NODE_IDENTIFER is the
- node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as a file name.
- $XML_NODE_IDENTIFIER is the node name mapped to an identifier
- acceptable as an XML identifier. Those identifiers are built as
- explained in *Note HTML Xref: (texinfo)HTML Xref, thus allowing
- for cross references to external manuals. $FILE is the manual or
- file name of the external reference. This function should return an
- href leading to the external manual.
-
- The default for this function is to make a reference compatible
- with `makeinfo' (*note HTML Xref: (texinfo)HTML Xref.).
-
- -- Function Reference: $text external_ref $command $section $book
- $node_and_file $href $cross_ref_name
- This function formats a reference to an external texinfo manual.
- The $COMMAND is the ref command (`ref', `xref' or `pxref', in
- text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis). The optionnal
- $SECTION argument is the section in the book and BOOK is the book
- title. $NODE_AND_FILE is the node and file name formatted
- according to the convention used in info: `(file)node'. $HREF it
- an hypertextual reference to the distant manual constructed using
- the above function. $CROSS_REF_NAME is an optionnal cross
- reference name appearing in the reference command. This function
- returns the text corresponding with the external html manual
- reference. This function returns the full formatted text of the
- external reference.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Internal reference, Prev: Reference to external manual, Up: References
-
-7.7.2 Reference to an internal node
------------------------------------
-
-A function reference is available for internal references.
-
- -- Function Reference: $text internal_ref $command $href $short_name
- $name $is_section
- This function formats a reference to a node in the current manual.
- The $COMMAND is the ref command (`ref', `xref' or `pxref', in
- text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis). $HREF it an
- hypertextual reference linking to the corresponding node or
- section. $SHORT_NAME and $NAME hold the text for the reference but
- $SHORT_NAME can be the node name which is assumed to be shorter
- than the section name. $IS_SECTION is a boolean true if the
- reference is a reference to a section. This function returns the
- full formatted text of the internal reference.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Alignement commands, Next: Paragraph and preformatted region, Prev: References, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text
-====================================================
-
-When a command controlling the alignement of text is used (`@center',
-`@flushleft' and `@flushright'), the main program takes care of opening
-and closing paragraphs. The alignement commands are the key of the `%paragraph_style'
-hash. The value is used in the function doing the formatting of the
-paragraphs. *Note Paragraph and preformatted region::.
-
- A function references allows for a customization of the formatting
-of the text appearing in the command block.
-
- -- Function Reference: $result paragraph_style_command $command $text
- $COMMAND is the command name, $TEXT is the text appearing within
- the command. This function returns a formatted text. The default
- is to return the text unmodified.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Paragraph and preformatted region, Next: Complex formats, Prev: Alignement commands, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region
-==========================================================
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Paragraph and preformatted formatting::
-* Avoiding paragraphs::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Paragraph and preformatted formatting, Next: Avoiding paragraphs, Up: Paragraph and preformatted region
-
-7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting
---------------------------------------------------
-
-The formatting of a paragraph region or a preformatted region, is
-controlled by function references:
-
- -- Function Reference: $paragraph_text paragraph $text $alignement
- $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted
- \$paragraph_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style
- $number
- This function formats a paragraph. $TEXT is the text of the
- paragraph, $ALIGNEMENT is the empty string when no alignement
- command has been seen, otherwise it is the current alignement
- command name. *Note Alignement commands::.
-
- The remaining arguments are usefull when the paragraph appears
- within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the paragraph has
- to be formatted differently when appearing in such environments.
- Moreover in that case the format command (`@itemize'...) may have
- an associated formatting command. $FORMATTING_COMMAND is this
- formatting command (like `@minus'). $FORMATTING_COMMAND_FORMATTED
- is the command formatted in html in case the formatting command is
- a leading command (like `@minus') which should be leading the
- first paragraph. \$PARAGRAPH_NUMBER is a reference on the number
- of paragraphs in that format command. The corresponding variable
- should be increased when a paragraph is added. $FORMAT is the
- format command. *Note Table and list items::.
-
- If the $FORMAT is an enumerate, $ITEM_NUMBER is the number of the
- item in the list, $ENUMERATE_STYLE is the argument of the
- enumerate, $NUMBER is the number or letter corresponding with this
- item.
-
- -- Function Reference: $preformatted_text preformatted $text $style
- $region_name $formatting_command
- $formatting_command_formatted \$preformatted_number $format
- $item_number $enumerate_style $number
- This function formats a preformatted region. $TEXT is the text of
- the preformatted region, $STYLE is the css style associated with
- that preformatted region (*Note css::). $REGION_NAME is the name
- of the command opening the preformatted region (`example'..., see
- *Note Complex formats::) or a identifier for the preformatted
- context (for example `menu-comment', see *Note Menus::). The
- alignment commands are not taken into account, as the spaces are
- preserved in preformatted regions, you should flush and center by
- hand.
-
- The remaining arguments are usefull when the preformatted region
- appears within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the
- preformatted region has to be formatted differently when appearing
- in such environments. Moreover in that case the format command
- (`@itemize'...) may have an associated formatting command.
- $FORMATTING_COMMAND is this formatting command (like `@minus').
- $FORMATTING_COMMAND_FORMATTED is the command formatted in html in
- case the formatting command is a leading command (like `@minus')
- which should be leading the first preformatted region.
- \$PREFORMATTED_NUMBER is a reference on the number of preformatted
- regions in that format command. The corresponding variable should
- be increased when a preformatted region is added. $FORMAT is the
- format command. *Note Table and list items::.
-
- If the $FORMAT is an enumerate, $ITEM_NUMBER is the number of the
- item in the list, $ENUMERATE_STYLE is the argument of the
- enumerate, $NUMBER is the number or letter corresponding with this
- item.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Avoiding paragraphs, Prev: Paragraph and preformatted formatting, Up: Paragraph and preformatted region
-
-7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats
-------------------------------------
-
-It is possible to avoid that a format closes the previous paragraph or
-preformatted region and reopens one, by putting the format command in a
-hash, `%format_in_paragraph' with a true value.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Complex formats, Next: Lists tables, Prev: Paragraph and preformatted region, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.10 Formatting of complex formats (`@example', `@display'...)
-==============================================================
-
-Here we see how a whole complex format is formatted. For the formatting
-of the text, see *Note Paragraph and preformatted region::.
-
- The formatting of the complex formats is ultimately controlled by a
-function, however the default for this function uses a hash reference
-and changing the hash reference values should be enough in most cases.
-This hash reference is called `$complex_format_map'. It has a key for
-each of the complex format commands (`example', `smallexample', `lisp',
-`smalllisp', `display', `smalldisplay', `format', `smallformat').
-
- The associated value is also a reference on a hash. The keys are
-`begin' and `end'. An eval of `begin' should lead to the beginning of
-the formatted HTML, an eval of `end' should lead to the end of the
-formatted HTML. The enclosed text will be formatted as described in
-*Note Paragraph and preformatted region::, and the name of the complex
-format will be available to the function formatting the text.
-
- If you aren't satisfied with this scheme, you can redefine the
-following function reference for a better control over the complex
-format formatting:
-
- -- Function Reference: $complex_format_text complex_format
- $format_name $preformatted_text
- $FORMAT_NAME is the complex format name, $PREFORMATTED_TEXT is the
- text allready formatted as described in *Note Paragraph and
- preformatted region::. This function returns the whole complex
- format.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Lists tables, Next: Definitions, Prev: Complex formats, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables
-===================================================
-
-The formatting of lists and tables is done at two levels:
- * At the level of the whole region (table or list),
-
- * At the level of the individual items, rows or cells of the list or
- table.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Table and list items::
-* Whole table list::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Table and list items, Next: Whole table list, Up: Lists tables
-
-7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items
--------------------------------------------------
-
-In texinfo it is possible to give `@itemize' or table command (hereafter
-called a "format command") a "formatting command". For example
-`@minus' is the formatting command here:
- @table @minus
-
- The default is to apply the command to the text item, however it is
-possible to avoid it. The hash `%special_list_commands' has an entry
-for each of the format command. Each of these entries is a hash
-reference. If a formatting command is a key of the hash reference, then
-the formatting command is not applied to the text item for that format
-command. For example, if we have:
-
- $special_list_commands{'itemize'} = { 'bullet' => '' };
-
- and we have the following `@itemize':
- @itemize @bullet
- @item an item
- @end itemize
-
- then `@bullet' will not be applied to `an item'.
-
-_lists_
- The items of lists are formatted using the following function
- reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $list_item list_item $text $format
- $command $formatted_command $item_number
- $enumerate_style $number
- This function formats the text between `@item' commands. $TEXT
- is the text corresponding with the item. $FORMAT is the type
- of format, `itemize' or `enumerate'. $COMMAND is the
- formatting command given in argument to `@itemize',
- $FORMATTED_COMMAND is this command formatted if it is a
- leading command, like `@minus'.
-
- If the $FORMAT is an enumerate, $ITEM_NUMBER is the number of
- the item in the list, $ENUMERATE_STYLE is the argument of the
- enumerate, $NUMBER is the number or letter corresponding with
- this item.
-
-_two column tables_
- The two columns tables (`@table', `@ftable' and `@vtable'), items
- are formatted using two function references, one for the first
- line located on the `@item' line corresponding with the first
- column, the other for the text appearing on the following lines,
- corresponding with the second column text.
-
- -- Function Reference: $table_item table_item $item_text
- $index_label_text $format $command $formatted_command
- This function is used to format the text on the `@item' line.
- $TEXT_ITEM is the text line. In case there is an index entry
- associated with the `@item' (as with `@ftable' and
- `@vtable'), $INDEX_LABEL_TEXT is the text inserted at the
- place where an index entry appears. *Note Index entry place::.
- $FORMAT is the type of format, `table', `ftable' or `vtable'.
- $COMMAND is the formatting command given in argument to the
- table format command, $FORMATTED_COMMAND is this command
- formatted if it is a leading command, like `@minus'.
-
- -- Function Reference: $table_line table_line $text
- This function is used to format the text on the lines
- following the `@item' line. $TEXT is the corresponding text.
-
-_multitable_
- The multitable elements formatting is controlled by the functions
- associated with two function references. One for a cell, and the
- other for a row.
-
- -- Function Reference: $multitable_cell cell $text
- This function is used to format the text of a multitable
- cell, the text following a `@item' or a `@tab'. $TEXT is the
- corresponding text.
-
- -- Function Reference: $multitable_row row $text $item_command
- This function is used to format a multitable row. $TEXT is
- the row text, with cells allready formatted with the `$cell'
- function reference. $ITEM_COMMAND is the command used to
- introduce the row, such that it is possible to distinguish
- between `@item' and `@headitem'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Whole table list, Prev: Table and list items, Up: Lists tables
-
-7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list
-------------------------------------------
-
-If the Texinfo command is a key of the `%format_map', the associated
-value is used to specify the formatting of the construct, otherwise a
-function is called. The value in `%format_map' associated with a
-command is interpreted similarly with values associated with more
-simpler commands:
-
- * If the text is a word, it is considered to be an HTML element
- name, and the whole table or list is enclosed between the element
- opening and the element closing.
-
- * If the text is a word followed by some text, the word and is
- interpreted as above, and the text is considered to be the
- attributes text of the element.
-
- * If the text is empty nothing is added to the text.
-
- In case the `%format_map' isn't used, a function reference called
-`$table_list' should be redefined, the associated function will be
-called each time a command isn't found in `%format_map'.
-
- -- Function Reference: $whole_table_list table_list $command $text
- $COMMAND is the Texinfo command name, $TEXT is the formatted items.
-
- If you still want to use `%format_map' but differently from the
-default, it is possible to redefine the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $whole_table_list format $command $format $text
- $COMMAND is the @-command, $FORMAT is the entry associated with
- $COMMAND in `%format_map'. $TEXT is the formatted items.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Definitions, Next: Headings, Prev: Lists tables, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.12 Definition commands formatting
-===================================
-
-The formatting of definition commands is controlled by a hash and four
-functions. The hash describes how the text on the definition line is
-interpreted, the functions control the formatting of the definition line
-and the definition function text.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Definition line::
-* Definition formatting::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Definition line, Next: Definition formatting, Up: Definitions
-
-7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line
-----------------------------------------------------------
-
-The keys of the hash `%def_map' are definition command names. There
-are two types of entries:
-
- * If the command is a shortcut for another definition command the
- value is a text and the definition command is replaced by the text.
-
- For example if we have:
- $def_map{'deftruc'} = '@defvr {A truc}';
-
- and a line like
- @deftruc var
-
- the line will be transformed in
- @defvr {A truc} var
-
- * If the command isn't a shortcut, it is associated with an array
- reference. The first element is `f', `v' or `t' corresponding with
- the index type (`f' for function, `v' for variable, `t' for type).
-
- The remaining of the array describes how to interpret the text
- following the definition command on the definition command line.
- The entry item specify what corresponds with the next bracketed
- item or word. Currently the possibilities are `category', `name',
- `type', `class' and `arg'.
-
- For example if we have
- def_map{'defvr'} = [ 'v', 'category', 'name' ];
-
- The first bracketed item following `@defvr' is considered to be
- the category and the next one is the name. The index associated
- with the definition line is the variables index.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Definition formatting, Prev: Definition line, Up: Definitions
-
-7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting
--------------------------------------------------
-
-Four functions are used when formatting a definition command:
-
-category name
- -- Function Reference: $category definition_category
- $category_or_name $class $style
- This function precise a category or an index entry name
- associating a class $CLASS (if given) with $CATEGORY_OR_NAME.
- The $STYLE of the definition may be `f', for function, `v',
- for variable or `t', for type.
-
-formatting of the definition line
- -- Function Reference: $line def_line $category $name $type
- $arguments $index_label
- This function formats the definition line. $CATEGORY is the
- category formatted with `$definition_category', $NAME, $TYPE
- and ARGUMENTS are the element of the definition line.
- $INDEX_LABEL is the text inserted at the place where an index
- entry appears. *Note Index entry place::.
-
-definition text
- -- Function Reference: $definition_text def_item $text
- This function formats the definition text, $TEXT.
-
-the whole definition
- -- Function Reference: $definition def $text
- This function formats the whole definition. The definition
- line and text formatted by the above functions are in $TEXT.
-
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Headings, Next: Special regions, Prev: Definitions, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.13 Customizing headings formatting
-====================================
-
-A function controls the formatting of sectioning element headings, with
-the corresponding function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $heading_text heading \%element_reference
- The \%ELEMENT_REFERENCE is a reference on a hash corresponding
- with the sectioning element. The following keys are of interest:
- `text'
- The heading text
-
- `name'
- The heading text without section number
-
- `node'
- true if the sectioning element is a node without associated
- structuring command
-
- `level'
- The level of the element in the document tree. `0' is for
- `@top', `1' for `@chapter' and so on
-
- `tag_level'
- the sectioning element name, with `@raisesections' and
- `@lowersections' taken into account
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Special regions, Next: Menus, Prev: Headings, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.14 Formatting of special regions (`@verbatim', `@cartouche', `@quotation')
-============================================================================
-
-Regions corresponding with raw text, like `@verbatim', `@html' or
-`@tex' are formatted according to the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $raw_region raw $command $text
- $COMMAND is the command name, $TEXT is the raw text.
-
- If LaTeX2HTML is used, `@tex' regions are handled differently, from
-within the main program.
-
- The `@cartouche' command formatting is controlled by the function
-reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $cartouche cartouche $text
- $TEXT is the text appearing within the cartouche.
-
- The formatting of `@quotation' is controlled by two function
-references. The first one is usefull in case the `@quotation' has an
-argument, as it allows to prepend a string to the quotation text:
-
- -- Function Reference: $prepended_string quotation_prepend_text $style
- $text
- $STYLE is the first argument of the `@quotation' if there are two
- arguments. $TEXT is the second argument or the first if there is
- one argument. There are still @-commands in these strings. This
- function can return a string which will be prepended to the
- quotation text.
-
- The whole quotation is formatted by:
-
- -- Function Reference: $quotation quotation $quotation_text
- $argument_text $argument_style_texi $argument_style_id
- $QUOTATION_TEXT is the quotation text, formatted, with the text
- prepended by the function above. $ARGUMENT_TEXT is the second
- argument of the `@quotation' or the first if there is one
- argument, formatted. The other arguments are defiend if there are
- two arguments for the `@quotation', $ARGUMENT_STYLE_TEXI is this
- argument, with @-commands, and $ARGUMENT_STYLE_ID is this
- argument transformed in an identifier which can be used as an XML
- identifier.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Menus, Next: Indices, Prev: Special regions, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.15 Menu formatting
-====================
-
-To understand how the formatting of menus is controlled, the different
-parts of a menu are first described, then how to control the formatting
-of each of these parts.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Menu parts:: A menu consists in menu entry and menu
- comments
-* Menu formatting::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Menu parts, Next: Menu formatting, Up: Menus
-
-7.15.1 The structure of a menu
-------------------------------
-
-In `texi2html', a menu is considered to be composed of 2 parts, the
-"menu entries" and the "menu comments". Menu entries are further
-divided in an "entry link" and optionnaly an "entry description". The
-entry link consists in a node name and an optionnal menu entry name.
-
- A menu entry begins with `*' at the beginning of the line. It begins
-with the entry link, followed by the description. The description spans
-until the next menu entry, or some text begining at the first character
-of a line or an empty line, not contained within a command block which
-begun in the description. An empty line or a line with text at the
-first character starts a menu comment, which spans until the next menu
-entry.
-
- Here is an illustration of these rules:
-
- @menu
- * node name: entry name. description begins
- description continues
- * another menu entry::
- description begins
- description continues
-
- A menu comment, after an empty line
-
- * node:: description begins
- A menu comment. The line starts at the first character
-
- * last entry:: description begins _text
- of the description, even if the line begins at the first character,
- because we are in @emph_.
- @end menu
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Menu formatting, Prev: Menu parts, Up: Menus
-
-7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components
-------------------------------------------------------
-
-In the default case, the name of the section corresponding with the
-node is used instead of the node name. If `$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU' is true,
-however, node names are used. If `$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY' is true and
-menu entry equal menu description the description isn't printed. This
-is the default. Likewise, if node or section name equal entry name, do
-not print entry name.
-
- A symbol, `$MENU_SYMBOL' is put at the beginning of menu entries
-when the node name is used. The default is `&bull;'. If `$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU'
-is true it is also put at the beginning of unnumbered section names.
-This is not done by default.
-
- The menu comments are considered to be preformatted text. The style
-associated with this preformatted text is determined by `$MENU_PRE_STYLE'.
-Default is `font-family: serif'. The css class associated with menu
-comments is `menu-comments'.
-
- Three function references are associated with the formatting of the
-different parts of a menu:
-
- -- Function Reference: $link menu_link $section \%state $href $node
- $name $ending
- $SECTION is the section name corresponding with the link, $HREF is
- the link hypertextual reference. $HREF may be absent. \%STATE
- holds informations about the current context. The only key which
- could be of interest is `preformatted', true if the context is a
- preformatted context. *Note Three contexts::. $NODE is the node
- name, $NAME is the name of the node, and $ENDING is the text
- ending the link entry.
-
- -- Function Reference: $description menu_description $description_text
- \%state
- $DESCRIPTION_TEXT is the text of the menu description. \%STATE
- should be used similarly than for the menu link.
-
- -- Function Reference: $menu_comment menu_comment $text
- $TEXT is the text of the menu comment. It is in a preformatted
- environment.
-
- The following function reference controls the formatting of a wole
-menu:
-
- -- Function Reference: $menu menu $menu_components_text
- $MENU_COMPONENTS_TEXT is the formatted menu components text,
- obtained as explained above.
-
- The last function reference corresponds with a special case. It is
-used when a menu entry appears within another block command, to avoid
-the possibilities of invalid HTML production. In that case the menu
-description and menu comments are not formatted specially, but treated
-like normal text.
-
- -- Function Reference: $link simple_menu_link $link_text $href $node
- $name $ending
- $LINK_TEXT is the text corresponding with the link name, $HREF is
- the link hypertextual reference. $NODE is the node name, $NAME is
- the name of the node, and $ENDING is the text ending the link
- entry.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Indices, Next: Floats and lists of floats, Prev: Menus, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.16 Indices formatting
-=======================
-
-Two different things needs to be handled for indices formatting, the
-place where the index term appears, the index entry, and the index list
-itself. The indexing commands like `@cindex' determines where index
-entries appear, and the index list is printed with a `@printindex'
-command.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Index entry place:: Index entries in the main document are
- targets for hypertext references
-* Index list:: Customizing the formatting of the index list
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Index entry place, Next: Index list, Up: Indices
-
-7.16.1 Formatting of index entries
-----------------------------------
-
-Index entry places in the main text may be the target for hypertext
-references. Their formatting is controlled by the function associated
-with the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $target index_entry_label $identifier
- $preformatted
- $IDENTIFIER should be used to create a target for links (typically
- associated with a name or id attribute in HTML). $PREFORMATTED is
- true if the index entry appeared in preformatted text.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Index list, Prev: Index entry place, Up: Indices
-
-7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists
-------------------------------------------------
-
-The index entries are sorted alphabetically. A whole index list is
-considered to be composed of letter entries. A letter entry is composed
-by all the index entries beginning with that letter. A letter may be a
-non alphabetical character, but we call it letter here.
-
- An index summary appears at the beginning and at the end of an index
-list, and should be used to jump directly to a letter entry. Indices
-lists may be split across pages, thus the different letters may appear
-on different files. The number of index entries appearing on each page
-is determined by a variable `$SPLIT_INDEX' if set. The default is to
-split indices after 100 entries.
-
- The formatting of all these elements is controlled by the following
-function references:
-
-_formatting of a letter in a summary_
- -- Function Reference: $letter summary_letter $letter $file
- $identifier
- This function is used to format a letter appearing in a
- summary, refering to a letter entry in the index list.
- $LETTER is the letter. $FILE is the file name where the letter
- entry appears. More precisely, it is empty when the letter
- entry is on the same page than the summary, it contains the
- file name when the index page is split accross page.
- $IDENTIFIER is an identifier for the target letter entry.
-
-_formatting of a summary_
- -- Function Reference: $summary index_summary
- \@alphabetical_letters \@nonalphabetical_letters
- \@ALPHABETICAL_LETTERS and \@NONALPHABETICAL_LETTERS contain
- the formatted summary letters, formatted with the above
- function.
-
-_formatting of an index entry_
- -- Function Reference: $entry index_entry $entry_href $entry_text
- $section_href $section_heading
- $ENTRY_HREF is a reference to the place where the index entry
- appeared, $ENTRY_TEXT is the corresponding text. $SECTION_HREF
- is a reference to the beginning of the sectioning element
- containing the index entry, $SECTION_HEADING is the heading
- of the element.
-
-_formatting of letter entry_
- -- Function Reference: $letter_entry index_letter $letter
- $identifier $index_entries_text
- This function formats a letter entry, consisting in all the
- index entries beginning with this letter. $LETTER is the
- letter, $IDENTIFIER should be used to create a target for
- links (typically links from summaries), and
- $INDEX_ENTRIES_TEXT is the text of the index entries
- formatted as described above.
-
-_formatting of whole index_
- -- Function Reference: $index print_index $index_text $index_name
- $INDEX_TEXT is the text of all the index entries grouped by
- letter appearing in that page formatted as above. INDEX_NAME
- is the name of the index, the argument of `@printindex'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Floats and lists of floats, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Indices, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.17 Floats and lists of floats
-===============================
-
-Floats appear in the `@float' environment, optionaly with a style and a
-label, and with optionnal `@caption' and `@shortcaption'. Their list
-appear after a `@listoffloats'.
-
- A hash reference is associated with each float, it is available in
-some formatting functions. The keys are:
-`caption_texi'
-`shortcaption_texi'
- A reference on an array containing the caption or shortcaption
- lines, unformatted.
-
-`style_texi'
- The style with texi @-commands.
-
-`style_id'
- The unique identifier associated with the style.
-
-`nr'
- The number with the same conventions than makeinfo (use the
- chapter number a dot and then the number of the float of that
- style in the chapter, or an absolute number if in unnumbered).
-
-`chapter_nr'
- The number of the chapter containing the float.
-
-`nr_in_chapter'
- The number of the float in the chapter.
-
-`absolut_nr'
- The number of the float in the document.
-
-`texi'
- The label with @-commands.
-
-`id'
- The unique identifier associated with the label. Usefull to make
- an anchor or a reference.
-
-`element'
- A reference on a structure representing the element the float
- appear in.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Floats:: Formatting of floats
-* Lists of floats:: Formatting the lists of floats
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Floats, Next: Lists of floats, Up: Floats and lists of floats
-
-7.17.1 Formatting a float
--------------------------
-
-First there is an occasion to construct a texinfo text for the caption,
-using the caption texinfo lines and the informations in the float
-structure. The returned lines will be formatted in the main program. A
-function reference is used here:
-
- -- Function Reference: (\@caption_lines_returned,
-\@shortcaption_lines_returned) caption_shortcaption \%float
- \@caption_lines \@shortcaption_lines
- \%FLOAT is the structure defined above. \@CAPTION_LINES and
- \@SHORTCAPTION_LINES are references on arrays containing the
- texinfo lines for caption and short caption.
- \@CAPTION_LINES_RETURNED and \@SHORTCAPTION_LINES_RETURNED are
- references on an array containing the texinfo lines for the
- caption and shortcaption.
-
- Then the float is formatted with the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $text float $float_text \%float $caption_text
- $shortcaption_text
- $FLOAT_TEXT is the text appearing within the `@float', formatted.
- \%FLOAT is still the structure defined above. $CAPTION_TEXT and
- $SHORTCAPTION_TEXT are the caption and short caption build with the
- above function and formatted.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Lists of floats, Prev: Floats, Up: Floats and lists of floats
-
-7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats
----------------------------------
-
-A list of floats is introduced by `@listoffloats'. The argument of
-`@listoffloats' is the "style". First the style texinfo can be modified
-with the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: $style_texi_returned listoffloats_style
- $style_texi
- $STYLE_TEXI is the `@listoffloats' argument with texinfo
- @-commands kept. It is possible to make changes to the $STYLE_TEXI
- and return a modified string, still with @-commands. The modified
- string is formatted in the main program.
-
- After that, for each of the floats with that style, first there is a
-possibility to modify the float style and the float caption before they
-are formatted in the main program, with the following function
-references:
-
- -- Function Reference: $float_style_texi_returned
-listoffloats_float_style $style_texi \%float
- $STYLE_TEXI is the style, and \%FLOAT is the structure described
- above. This function reference returns a style to be formatted in
- the main program.
-
- -- Function Reference: $caption_texi_returned listoffloats_caption
- \%float
- \%FLOAT is the structure described above. This function reference
- returns a caption to be formatted in the main program.
-
- Each entry is formatted by:
-
- -- Function Reference: $listoffloats_entry listoffloats_entry
- $style_texi \%float $float_style $caption $href
- $STYLE_TEXI is the style with @-commands, $FLOAT_STYLE is the
- style returned by the above function and formatted. $CAPTION is the
- caption returned by the above function formatted. \%FLOAT is the
- structure corresponding with the float, and $HREF is an href
- pointing to the float location.
-
- Lastly, the whole `@listoffloats' is formatted by:
-
- -- Function Reference: $listoffloats listoffloats $style_texi $style
- \@listoffloats_entries
- $STYLE_TEXI is the style with @-commands, $STYLE is the style
- returned by the above function and formatted. The array reference
- \@LISTOFFLOATS_ENTRIES holds the entries formatted by the above
- function.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Footnotes, Next: Other and unknown commands, Prev: Floats and lists of floats, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting
-=========================================
-
-Each footnote is associated with a footnote entry. Several footnote
-entries are grouped in a footnote section. When a footnote appears, two
-things must be formatted: in the main text the place where the footnote
-appear and the footnote text.
-
- Two functions, with corresponding function references control the
-formatting of the footnotes:
-
- -- Function Reference: (\@lines $text_for_document) foot_line_and_ref
- $number_in_doc $number_in_page $footnote_id $place_id
- $document_file $footnote_file \@lines \%state
- $NUMBER_IN_DOC is the footnote number in the whole document,
- $NUMBER_IN_PAGE is the footnote number in the current page.
- $FOOTNOTE_ID is an identifier for the footnote in the footnote text
- which should be used to make target for references to that
- footnote, while $PLACE_ID is an identifier for the location of the
- footnote in the main document. Similarly, $DOCUMENT_FILE is the
- file name of the file containing the text where the footnote
- appears in the main document, while $FOOTNOTE_FILE is the file
- name of the file where the footnote text appears.
-
- \@LINES is a reference on an array containing the footnote text
- lines, allready formatted. And \%STATE holds informations about
- the context at the footnote place in the main document. As usual
- the most usefull entry is `preformatted' which is true if the
- footnote appears in a preformatted context.
-
- This function returns a reference on an array, \@LINES containing
- the updated footnote text for the footnote entry, and
- $TEXT_FOR_DOCUMENT, the text appearing at the footnote place in
- the main document, linking to the footnote entry.
-
- The following function is only used when footnotes are at the bottom
-of a page and the document is split. For customization of the
-footnotes page in case they are on a separated page or section, *Note
-Special pages layout::. For the determination of the footnote
-locations, *Note Page layout options::.
-
- -- Function Reference: foot_section \@footnotes_lines
- This function formats a group of footnotes. \@FOOTNOTES_LINES is a
- reference on an array holding the lines of all the footnote entries
- formatted as explained above. This function modifies the reference.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Other and unknown commands, Prev: Footnotes, Up: Customizing HTML
-
-7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands
-=====================================================
-
-Many commands without braces are available in texinfo, sometimes with a
-specific syntax. For example we have `@sp', `@noindent',
-`@documentlanguage', `@oddheading', `@headings', `@shortcontents',
-`@shorttitlepage' or `@comment'. `texi2html' interprets some of these
-commands and some functions or variables are used for their formatting
-or to access their information. In the default case, however, most of
-these constructs are ignored.
-
- It is possible to change how the things following these commands on
-the line are handled, what is considered to be an arg for those
-commands and it is also possible to keep them instead of discarding
-them such that it is possible to handle them specially, with the same
-function than the one used for unknown commands.
-
- Those special commands without braces are the key of a hash: `%misc_command'.
-The associated value is a reference on a hash enabling to set the
-properties of these commands. The keys of this hash reference is the
-name of a property, the value is the value of the property. For example
-here we have `line' for the `arg' property for the `command' @-command.
-
- $misc_command{'command'} = {'arg' => 'line', 'skip' => 'space'};
-
- The properties and possible values are:
-
-`skip'
- This property enables to set what is skipped after the command
- arguments. Here are the possible values:
- `line'
- The remaining of the line is skipped.
-
- `space'
- Spaces are skipped but not newline.
-
- `whitespace'
- Spaces are skipped
-
- `linewhitespace'
- Spaces are skipped if there are only spaces remaining on the
- line.
-
- `linespace'
- Spaces are skipped, but not newline if there are only spaces
- remaining on the line
-
-`arg'
- If the associated value is `line' the line is considered to be the
- argument. If it is a number it is the number of args (separated by
- spaces).
-
-`texi'
- If true the arguments are considered to real texinfo, therefore
- `@value' and `@macro' are expanded.
-
-`keep'
- If true the args and the macro are kept, otherwise they are
- discarded. The defaut is to have `keep' undef for all the
- commands. If `keep' is true for `@verbatiminclude' the default
- action for this macro isn't done.
-
- Commands which don't appear in the hashes `%simple_map', `%simple_map_pre', `%simple_map_texi'
-and `%misc_command', or that appear in `%misc_command' but with `keep'
-true are processed by the following function reference:
-
- -- Function Reference: ($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message)
-unknown $command $line
- $COMMAND is the @-command, $LINE is the line following the
- $COMMAND. $RESULT is a boolean. If it is true then the other return
- values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
- used. In case $RESULT is true, $RESULT_LINE is the new line to be
- processed further, $RESULT_TEXT is the resulting formatted text
- and $MESSAGE, if defined is a message outputted to the output with
- line number added by `texi2html'.
-
- Commands with braces not specified above nor in `%style_map', `%style_map_pre'
-and `%style_map_texi' are processed by the following function reference
-
- -- Function Reference: ($result, $result_text, $message) unknown_style
- $command $text
- $COMMAND is the @-command, $TEXT is the text appearing within the
- braces (allready formatted). $RESULT is a boolean. If it is true
- then the other return values are taken into account otherwise the
- default actions are used. In case $RESULT is true, $RESULT_TEXT is
- the resulting formatted text and $MESSAGE, if defined is a message
- outputted to the output with line number added by `texi2html'.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Internationalization, Next: Indexop, Prev: Customizing HTML, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A Internationalization
-*******************************
-
-The strings written in the document are selected based on the document
-language. This can be used to customize the strings, as described in
-*Note Strings::. This also enables translation of the strings.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Translating strings::
-* Adding new strings::
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Translating strings, Next: Adding new strings, Up: Internationalization
-
-A.1 Translating strings
-=======================
-
-If the language is allready supported, then there will be a file in the
-`i18n' directory with name the two-letter ISO-639 language code. In
-that case you can enhance the translations by editing this file. There
-is a `$LANGUAGES->{'LANGUAGE'}' hash in that file. The keys are the
-english strings, in `''', the values (in `''' after `=>') are the
-translations. When a string contains a `%' followed by `{' NAME `}' it
-means that the string will be expanded by `texi2html'. For an example,
-see *Note Strings::.
-
- After that you should run the command `./manage_i18n.pl all' in the
-top directory, it should merge your file with the existing files in
-`translations.pl', which is incorporated to the `texi2html' script by
-`./configure'.
-
- If the language isn't currently supported, copy the `en' file in
-`i18n' to a file with name the two-letter ISO-639 language code of your
-language and then add your translations to the strings. You could also
-add your two-letter language code in the `manage_i18n.pl' file in the
-`@known_languages' array.
-
- After that you should similarly run the command `./manage_i18n.pl
-all' in the top directory.
-
- Obsoleted strings are not removed from the files, they are still
-present in the `$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'LANGUAGE'}' hash in case the
-string is reused later.
-
- If you made change to strings specified in installed files (*note
-Installation::) you will have to reinstall them otherwise the
-installated files will take precedence (*note Using init files::).
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Adding new strings, Prev: Translating strings, Up: Internationalization
-
-A.2 Adding new strings written to document
-==========================================
-
-If you need to write strings, for example the new string A STRING to
-the resulting document, call `&$I('a string')'. Use simple quotes. If
-you want to substitute a value in the string put `%{STRING_VALUE}', in
-the string, and give a second argument to `&$I', a hash reference with
-key STRING_VALUE and value the what you want to substitute. Here is an
-example:
-
- return &$I('%{name} of %{class}', { 'name' => $name, 'class' => $class });
-
- In that case `%{name}' is substituted by `$name' in the translated
-string.
-
- After that you should run the command `./manage_i18n.pl all' in the
-top directory, it should add your new strings to all the files in the
-`i18n' directory.
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Indexop, Next: Indexvr, Prev: Internationalization, Up: Top
-
-Appendix B Command Line Option Index
-************************************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* css-include=FILE: Style options. (line 24)
-* def-table: Style options. (line 39)
-* doctype=DTD: Style options. (line 8)
-* DVAR: Texinfo related options.
- (line 14)
-* frames: Page layout options. (line 6)
-* frameset-doctype: Style options. (line 10)
-* frameset-doctype=DTD: Style options. (line 9)
-* html-xref-prefix=PATH: Style options. (line 35)
-* IDIR: Texinfo related options.
- (line 25)
-* if<region>: Expansion. (line 10)
-* include-css: css. (line 22)
-* init-file: Using init files. (line 13)
-* iso: Style options. (line 19)
-* l2h: Expanding TeX regions.
- (line 8)
-* l2h-file: Expanding TeX regions.
- (line 21)
-* l2h-l2h=PROGRAM: Expanding TeX regions.
- (line 13)
-* l2h-tmp: Expanding TeX regions.
- (line 17)
-* lang <1>: Strings. (line 9)
-* lang: Using init files. (line 22)
-* lang=LANG: Texinfo related options.
- (line 9)
-* menu: Invoking texi2html. (line 18)
-* no-if<region>: Expansion. (line 12)
-* node-files: Output files. (line 61)
-* nomenu <1>: Expansion. (line 17)
-* nomenu: Invoking texi2html. (line 18)
-* nosec-nav: Page layout options. (line 11)
-* number: Style options. (line 48)
-* output: Output files. (line 35)
-* PDIR: Texinfo related options.
- (line 20)
-* pkgdatadir=dir: Using init files. (line 8)
-* pkgdatadir=DIR: Installation. (line 46)
-* prefix: Output files. (line 39)
-* separated-footnotes: Page layout options. (line 15)
-* short-ext: Output files. (line 40)
-* short-ref: Style options. (line 44)
-* split: Splitting output. (line 8)
-* sysconfdir=dir: Using init files. (line 10)
-* toc-file: Output files. (line 43)
-* toc-links: Style options. (line 52)
-* top-file: Output files. (line 41)
-* use-nodes: Splitting output. (line 38)
-* UVAR: Texinfo related options.
- (line 17)
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Indexvr, Next: Indexcp, Prev: Indexop, Up: Top
-
-Appendix C Variable Index
-*************************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* $AFTER_BODY_OPEN: Customizing header. (line 8)
-* $AFTER_OVERVIEW: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 21)
-* $AFTER_TOC_LINES: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 28)
-* $anchor <1>: Anchors images and spaces.
- (line 10)
-* $anchor: Redefining functions. (line 15)
-* $AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY: Menu formatting. (line 8)
-* $BEFORE_OVERVIEW: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 17)
-* $BEFORE_TOC_LINES: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 25)
-* $BIG_RULE: The page layout. (line 12)
-* $BODYTEXT <1>: Customizing header. (line 22)
-* $BODYTEXT: Output initialization.
- (line 20)
-* $cell: Table and list items. (line 81)
-* $CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL <1>: String interface. (line 8)
-* $CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL: Hash reference interface.
- (line 65)
-* $complex_format_map: Complex formats. (line 12)
-* $CSS_LINES: css. (line 10)
-* $DEF_TABLE: Style options. (line 41)
-* $DEFAULT_RULE: The page layout. (line 11)
-* $definition_category: Definition formatting.
- (line 20)
-* $DO_CONTENTS: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 9)
-* $DO_SCONTENTS: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 13)
-* $DOCTYPE: Style options. (line 12)
-* $DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION: Customizing header. (line 16)
-* $DOCUMENT_ENCODING: Customizing header. (line 11)
-* $ENCODING: Customizing header. (line 14)
-* $EXTENSION: File names. (line 8)
-* $EXTERNAL_DIR: Style options. (line 37)
-* $EXTRA_HEAD: Customizing header. (line 7)
-* $FRAMES: Page layout options. (line 9)
-* $FRAMESET_DOCTYPE: Style options. (line 12)
-* $ICONS: General purpose variables.
- (line 13)
-* $IDX_SUMMARY: External index files. (line 9)
-* $INDEX_CHAPTER: The page layout. (line 66)
-* $L2H_L2H: Expanding TeX regions.
- (line 14)
-* $L2H_TMP: Expanding TeX regions.
- (line 18)
-* $LANG <1>: Strings. (line 9)
-* $LANG <2>: Using init files. (line 22)
-* $LANG: Texinfo related options.
- (line 11)
-* $LANGUAGES <1>: Translating strings. (line 6)
-* $LANGUAGES: Strings. (line 13)
-* $MENU_PRE_STYLE: Menu formatting. (line 19)
-* $MENU_SYMBOL: Menu formatting. (line 13)
-* $MIDDLE_RULE: The page layout. (line 11)
-* $NODE_FILES <1>: File names. (line 9)
-* $NODE_FILES: Output files. (line 62)
-* $NODE_NAME_IN_MENU: Menu formatting. (line 7)
-* $NUMBER_SECTIONS: Style options. (line 49)
-* $OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL <1>: String interface. (line 8)
-* $OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL: Hash reference interface.
- (line 65)
-* $OUT: Output files. (line 35)
-* $PRE_BODY_CLOSE: Customizing footer. (line 7)
-* $PREFIX: Output files. (line 39)
-* $print_chapter_footer: Customizing footer. (line 20)
-* $print_chapter_header: Customizing header. (line 38)
-* $print_foot_navigation: Customizing footer. (line 9)
-* $print_head_navigation: Customizing header. (line 26)
-* $print_misc: Special pages layout. (line 33)
-* $print_misc_footer: Special pages layout. (line 34)
-* $print_misc_header: Special pages layout. (line 33)
-* $print_page_foot: Customizing footer. (line 23)
-* $print_page_head: Customizing header. (line 37)
-* $print_section_footer: Customizing footer. (line 21)
-* $print_section_header: Customizing header. (line 40)
-* $print_Top: Special pages layout. (line 31)
-* $print_Top_footer: Special pages layout. (line 32)
-* $print_Top_header: Special pages layout. (line 31)
-* $SECTION_NAVIGATION <1>: General purpose variables.
- (line 16)
-* $SECTION_NAVIGATION: Page layout options. (line 12)
-* $SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES: Page layout options. (line 15)
-* $SHORT_REF: Style options. (line 46)
-* $SHORTEXTN: Output files. (line 41)
-* $SHOW_MENU: Expansion. (line 18)
-* $SMALL_RULE: The page layout. (line 11)
-* $SPLIT: Splitting output. (line 9)
-* $SPLIT_INDEX: Index list. (line 15)
-* $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS: Translating strings. (line 6)
-* $Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}: Button specifications.
- (line 59)
-* $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW <1>: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 77)
-* $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW: Global informations. (line 89)
-* $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER: Global informations. (line 85)
-* $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION <1>: Global functions. (line 12)
-* $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION: Global informations. (line 82)
-* $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES <1>: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 77)
-* $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES: Global informations. (line 92)
-* $TOC_FILE: Output files. (line 44)
-* $TOC_LINKS: Style options. (line 54)
-* $TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 35)
-* $TOC_LIST_STYLE: Contents and Overview text.
- (line 31)
-* $TOP_FILE: Output files. (line 42)
-* $TOP_HEADING: The page layout. (line 47)
-* $UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU: Menu formatting. (line 14)
-* $USE_ISO: Style options. (line 21)
-* $USE_NODES: Splitting output. (line 39)
-* $VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION: General purpose variables.
- (line 9)
-* $WORDS_IN_PAGE <1>: Global functions. (line 14)
-* $WORDS_IN_PAGE: Button specifications.
- (line 21)
-* %accent_map: Style and accent commands.
- (line 26)
-* %ACTIVE_ICONS: Button specifications.
- (line 71)
-* %BUTTONS_GOTO: Output initialization.
- (line 21)
-* %css_map: css. (line 7)
-* %def_map: Definition line. (line 6)
-* %format_in_paragraph: Avoiding paragraphs. (line 8)
-* %format_map: Whole table list. (line 6)
-* %main::value: Global informations. (line 67)
-* %misc_command: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 20)
-* %NAVIGATION_TEXT <1>: Output initialization.
- (line 21)
-* %NAVIGATION_TEXT: Button specifications.
- (line 64)
-* %paragraph_style: Alignement commands. (line 8)
-* %PASSIVE_ICONS: Button specifications.
- (line 72)
-* %pre_map: Commands without argument.
- (line 23)
-* %simple_map <1>: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 65)
-* %simple_map: Commands without argument.
- (line 22)
-* %simple_map_pre <1>: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 65)
-* %simple_map_pre: Commands without argument.
- (line 22)
-* %simple_map_texi <1>: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 65)
-* %simple_map_texi: Commands without argument.
- (line 22)
-* %special_list_commands: Table and list items. (line 12)
-* %style_map <1>: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 79)
-* %style_map: Style and accent commands.
- (line 10)
-* %style_map_pre <1>: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 79)
-* %style_map_pre: Style and accent commands.
- (line 11)
-* %style_map_texi <1>: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 80)
-* %style_map_texi: Style and accent commands.
- (line 11)
-* %Texi2HTML::HREF: Elements hashes. (line 12)
-* %Texi2HTML::NAME: Elements hashes. (line 9)
-* %Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI: Elements hashes. (line 18)
-* %Texi2HTML::NODE: Elements hashes. (line 15)
-* %Texi2HTML::THISDOC: Global informations. (line 12)
-* %texi_map: Commands without argument.
- (line 23)
-* %things_map: Commands without argument.
- (line 23)
-* @CHAPTER_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
- (line 27)
-* @CSS_FILES: Style options. (line 27)
-* @EXPAND: Expansion. (line 13)
-* @INCLUDE_DIRS: Texinfo related options.
- (line 27)
-* @MISC_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
- (line 32)
-* @NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
- (line 17)
-* @PREPEND_DIRS: Texinfo related options.
- (line 22)
-* @SECTION_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
- (line 10)
-* @SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
- (line 16)
-
-
-File: texi2html.info, Node: Indexcp, Prev: Indexvr, Up: Top
-
-Appendix D Concept Index
-************************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Avoid paragraph opening: Avoiding paragraphs. (line 6)
-* bug report: Top. (line 6)
-* centering: Alignement commands. (line 6)
-* complex format: Complex formats. (line 6)
-* Config: Using init files. (line 6)
-* configure: Installation. (line 6)
-* downloading texi2html source: Obtaining texi2html. (line 6)
-* examples of manuals: Overview. (line 6)
-* external manual: Reference to external manual.
- (line 6)
-* flushing text: Alignement commands. (line 6)
-* i18n <1>: Translating strings. (line 6)
-* i18n: Strings. (line 6)
-* Installation: Installation. (line 6)
-* internationalization: Using init files. (line 6)
-* internationalized strings: Adding new strings. (line 6)
-* makeinfo: whytexi2html. (line 6)
-* manage_i18n.pl: Adding new strings. (line 6)
-* paragraph: Paragraph and preformatted formatting.
- (line 6)
-* preformatted region: Paragraph and preformatted formatting.
- (line 6)
-* reference: References. (line 6)
-* skipped command: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 6)
-* source code for texi2html, downloading: Obtaining texi2html. (line 6)
-* texi2html source, downloading: Obtaining texi2html. (line 6)
-* Texinfo: Overview. (line 6)
-* text alignement: Alignement commands. (line 6)
-* Translation: Translating strings. (line 6)
-* unknown command: Other and unknown commands.
- (line 6)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top2959
-Node: Overview5587
-Node: whytexi2html7377
-Node: Obtaining texi2html9460
-Node: Installation9743
-Node: Invoking texi2html11933
-Node: Splitting output13113
-Node: Output files16447
-Node: Expansion19709
-Node: Texinfo related options20618
-Node: Page layout options21685
-Node: Style options22582
-Node: Expanding TeX regions24902
-Node: Using init files26048
-Node: Initialization files27937
-Node: Redefining functions29884
-Node: Function prototypes30950
-Node: Changing the page layout32026
-Node: The different pages33384
-Node: The page layout35102
-Ref: Element labels36386
-Node: Navigation panel38115
-Node: General purpose variables38778
-Node: Button specifications39555
-Node: Panel formatting function42891
-Node: Program variables43690
-Node: Elements hashes44400
-Node: Global informations44919
-Node: Global functions47439
-Node: Output initialization48184
-Node: Output finalization49647
-Node: css50124
-Node: Customizing header51196
-Node: Customizing section54009
-Node: Customizing footer55013
-Node: Special pages56893
-Node: Special pages content57227
-Node: Top element text57531
-Node: Contents and Overview text58820
-Node: Footnotes text61569
-Node: About text61877
-Node: Special pages layout63397
-Node: File names64598
-Node: External index files66479
-Node: Customizing HTML68609
-Node: Three contexts70331
-Node: Commands without argument71105
-Node: Style and accent commands72527
-Node: Hash reference interface74020
-Ref: Reference hash args74896
-Node: String interface77266
-Node: Define your own interface79251
-Node: Anchors images and spaces80971
-Node: Text83845
-Node: Strings85181
-Node: References86771
-Node: Reference to external manual86978
-Node: Internal reference88982
-Node: Alignement commands89918
-Node: Paragraph and preformatted region90882
-Node: Paragraph and preformatted formatting91218
-Node: Avoiding paragraphs94955
-Node: Complex formats95360
-Node: Lists tables97057
-Node: Table and list items97529
-Node: Whole table list101474
-Node: Definitions103028
-Node: Definition line103510
-Node: Definition formatting104963
-Node: Headings106415
-Node: Special regions107382
-Node: Menus109420
-Node: Menu parts109872
-Node: Menu formatting111301
-Node: Indices114208
-Node: Index entry place114885
-Node: Index list115508
-Node: Floats and lists of floats118613
-Node: Floats120098
-Node: Lists of floats121414
-Node: Footnotes123643
-Node: Other and unknown commands126158
-Node: Internationalization130107
-Node: Translating strings130537
-Node: Adding new strings132195
-Node: Indexop133072
-Node: Indexvr136916
-Node: Indexcp150701
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texi2html.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texi2html.1
deleted file mode 100644
index da6a8a99c78..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texi2html.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-.TH TEXI2HTML 1 "17 January 2006"
-.AT 3
-.SH NAME
-texi2html \- a Texinfo to HTML converter
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B texi2html [options] file
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Texi2html
-converts the given Texinfo file to a set of HTML files. It tries to handle
-most of the Texinfo commands. It creates hypertext links for cross-references,
-footnotes...
-.PP
-.I Texi2html
-may furthermore use latex2html to generate HTML (code and/or images) for @math
-and @iftex tags (see the
-.B \-\-l2h
-option).
-.PP
-.I Texi2html
-creates several files depending on the contents of the Texinfo file and on
-the chosen options (see FILES).
-.PP
-The HTML files created by
-.I texi2html
-are closer to TeX than to Info.
-.SH OPTIONS
-Options may be abbreviated to th shortests unique prefix. The
-following is only an incomplete list of the available options:
-.TP 12
-.B \-\-help [1|2]
-Print usage instructions and list the most important, all relevant,
-or all recognised (including obsolete) command-line options, and exit.
-.TP
-.B \-\-ifinfo \-\-iftex \-\-ifxml \-\-ifplaintext \-\-ifhtml
-Expand @ifinfo, @iftex and @tex, @ifxml and @xml, @ifplaintext,
-@ifhtml and @html regions, and don't expand @ifnot
-corresponding regions (default: ifhtml).
-.TP
-.B \-\-no\-ifinfo \-\-no\-iftex \-\-no\-ifxml \-\-no\-ifplaintext \-\-no\-html
-Don't expand @ifinfo, @iftex, @ifxml, @ifplaintext regions and expand
-@ifnot corresponding regions.
-.TP
-.B \-I \fIdir\fP
-Append \fIdir\fP to the directory list searched for included files.
-.TP
-.B \-P \fIdir\fP
-Prepend \fIdir\fP to the directory list searched for included files.
-.TP
-.B \-\-no\-menu
-Don't show the Texinfo menus; by default they are shown.
-.TP
-.B \-\-no\-number
-Don't number the sections.
-.TP
-.B \-\-split chapter|section|node
-Split the output into several HTML files (one per main chapter/section or node).
-.TP
-.B \-\-l2h
-Use latex2html for content of @math and @tex tags. Content must be such that
-both, latex and tex, can translate it correctly. I.e., no tex-only constructs
-must be used.
-.TP
-.B \-\-l2h\-l2h \fIprog\fP
-Use \fIprog\fP as latex2html program (default \fIlatex2html\fP).
-Program must be executable.
-.TP
-.B \-\-l2h\-init \fIfile\fP
-Use \fIfile\fP as latex2html init file. \fIfile\fP should be used to specify in which way latex2html handles mathematical expressions and formulas.
-
-Note that latex2html locates
-(and uses) init-files in the following order (provided they exist):
-(1) global init file (usually in latex2html source dir)
-(2) $HOME/.latex2html_init
-(3) ./.latex2html_init
-(4) init file given on command line.
-.TP
-.B \-\-l2h\-tmp \fIdir\fP
-Use \fIdir\fP as tmp dir for latex2html. This directory (resp. its path)
-must not contain a dot (i.e., a ".").
-.TP
-.B \-\-l2h\-clean
-remove all intermediate files generated by latex2html (prevents caching!)
-.TP
-.B \-\-l2h\-skip
-Do not really run latex2html. Use (kept) files of previous runs, instead.
-.TP
-.B \-\-Verbose
-Give a verbose output.
-.TP
-.B \-\-version
-Print version and exit.
-.PP
-.SH FILES
-Initialisation options are read first from ${prefix}/etc/texi2html/Config
-(the exact location being changeable with the
-.RI --sysconfdir= dir
-option to the configure script), then from $HOME/.texi2html/Config,
-then any command-line options including \-\-init\-file options;
-with later settings overriding earlier ones.
-.P
-By default
-.I texi2html
-my creates the following files (foo being the name of the Texinfo file):
-.TP 16
-.B foo_toc.html
-The table of contents (if @contents is present).
-.TP
-.B foo.html
-The document's contents or the Top element.
-.TP
-.B foo_fot.html
-The footnotes (if any).
-.TP
-.B foo_abt.html
-An help section.
-.TP
-.B foo_l2h_img*
-Images generated by latex2html (if any).
-.PP
-When used with the
-.B \-\-split
-option, it creates several files (one per chapter or node), named
-.B foo_n.html
-(n being the index of the chapter or node), and the
-.B foo.html
-file contains the Top element.
-.PP
-Otherwise it creates only one file:
-.B foo.html
-.SH VERSION
-This is \fItexi2html\fP version 1.76, 17 January 2006.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Texi2html was originally written by is Lionel Cons, CERN IT/DIS/OSE,
-Lionel.Cons@cern.ch. Over time, many other people around the net
-contributed to this program. Its current maintainer is Olaf Bachmann,
-obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de.
-.SH AVAILABILITY
-The latest version of this program, as well as support in the form of mailing
-lists with archives, bug tracking, documentation, and other tools can be found
-at:
- http://texi2html.cvshome.org/
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright \(co 1999, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
-For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-GNU Texinfo Documentation Format
-.br
-http://texinfo.org/
-.br
-World Wide Web (WWW),
-HyperText Markup Language (HTML)
-.br
-http://www.w3.org
-.br
-LaTeX2HTML
-.br
-http://www-dsed.llnl.gov/files/programs/unix/latex2html
-.SH BUGS
-This man-page is not up-to-date and there exists no up-to-date documentation, yet.
-Until it exists, see the beginning of the texi2html.init file for remarks about
-command-line options and configurations.
-.ex
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/texi2html/texi2html.html b/Master/texmf/doc/texi2html/texi2html.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d55c003b90f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/texi2html/texi2html.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6072 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd">
-<html>
-<!--Copyright C 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- Portions of texi2html
- Copyright C 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
- Copyright C 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
- Copyright C 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
- Copyright C 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
- Copyright C 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
- Copyright C many others.
-
-
- Portions of this manual
- Copyright C 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
- Copyright C 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
- Copyright C 2003 Derek Price (manual)
-
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
-copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
-distributed under the terms of a permission notice
-identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations
-of this manual into another language, under the above
-conditions for modified versions, except that this
-permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
--->
-<!-- Created on February, 3 2005 by texi2html 1.76 -->
-<!--
-Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
- Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
- Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
- and many others.
-Maintained by: Many creative people <dev@texi2html.cvshome.org>
-Send bugs and suggestions to <users@texi2html.cvshome.org>
-
--->
-<head>
-<title>Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML</title>
-
-<meta name="description" content="Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML">
-<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
-<meta name="distribution" content="global">
-<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.76">
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii">
-<style type="text/css">
-<!--
-a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
-pre.display {font-family: serif}
-pre.format {font-family: serif}
-pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
-pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
-pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
-pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
-pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
-pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
-span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
-ul.toc {list-style: none}
--->
-</style>
-
-
-</head>
-
-<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
-
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="settitle">Texi2HTML</h1>
-<p>Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-</p>
-<table>
-<tr><td><p> Portions of <code>texi2html</code>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Karl Berry<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; many others.<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td>
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td>
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td><p> Portions of this manual
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2003 Derek Price (manual)<br>
-</p></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-</p>
-<p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
-copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
-distributed under the terms of a permission notice
-identical to this one.
-</p>
-<p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations
-of this manual into another language, under the above
-conditions for modified versions, except that this
-permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-</p>
-
-
-
-<a name="Top"></a>
-<a name="SEC_Top"></a>
-
-
-<p>This manual, last updated 1 February 2005, describes version 1.76
-of the <code>texi2html</code> Perl script which converts
-<a href="http://www.texinfo.org">Texinfo</a> into <a href="http://w3c.org">HTML</a>.
-</p>
-<p>Please send bug reports concerning this manual to the Texi2HTML user
-discussion list <a href="mailto:user@texi2html.cvshome.org">user@texi2html.cvshome.org</a>. Please state the exact
-version of the manual which contains the bug, as given above.
-</p>
-
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example"><strong>This manual is currently under construction and of course incomplete. ;-)</strong>
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
- Obtaining a copy of the <code>texi2html</code>
- source code distribution
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Installing <code>texi2html</code>
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Description of the command line options
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> What kind of variables and subroutines appear
- in init files and how they are called
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Fine tuning of the <acronym>HTML</acronym> elements
- associated with the texinfo constructs
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Help translating !
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
-<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
-</pre></th></tr></table>
-<hr size="1">
-<a name="Overview"></a>
-<a name="SEC1"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &lt;&lt; ]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="chapter"> 1. Overview </h1>
-
-
-<p><a href="http://www.texinfo.org">Texinfo</a> is the official
-documentation format of the <a href="http://www.gnu.org">GNU</a>
-project. It uses a single source file to produce both
-online information and printed output.
-</p>
-<p>It is often desirable to have a way to produce
-<acronym>HTML</acronym> from Texinfo sources, as GNU-Info files are
-produced. It is much simpler to run a converter than it is to
-rewrite all the documentation in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, especially
-considering that there is so much Texinfo documentation in
-the world.
-</p>
-<p>Some time ago <code>makeinfo</code> wasn't able to produce
-<acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, but people still wanted documentation in
-<acronym>HTML</acronym>. This was the birthing hour for
-<code>texi2html</code>. The basic purpose of <code>texi2html</code>
-is to convert Texinfo documents into <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
-</p>
-<p>Since then, <acronym>HTML</acronym> support in <code>makeinfo</code> has improved, but
-<code>texi2html</code> is still stronger in many areas, including the degree to
-which it allows customization. With <code>texi2html</code>, some important
-aspects of the resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> files may be specified via command
-line options, and configuration files provide an even finer degree of control
-over the final output, allowing most every aspect of the final output not
-specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified. Configuration files are
-written in <code>perl</code>, like the main program, and anything which may be
-specified on the command line may also be specified within a configuration
-file.
-</p>
-<p>For an example of the kind of pages <code>texi2html</code> is capable of
-producing, have a look at the following sites:
-<a href="http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/Manual/html/">the Singular Manual</a>,
-<a href="http://ccvs.cvshome.org/docs/manual">the Cederqvist (CVS Manual)</a>.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="whytexi2html"></a>
-<a name="SEC2"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>? </h2>
-
-
-<p>You would like to produce <acronym>HTML</acronym> files from your existing Texinfo
-files? There are two programs you can use to do this. The first is
-<code>makeinfo</code> (see <a href="texinfo.html#Generating-HTML">(texinfo)Generating HTML</a>).
-The second is <code>texi2html</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The design goal of <code>makeinfo</code>'s <acronym>HTML</acronym> output was to produce
-readable <acronym>HTML</acronym> output. It is now possible to use <acronym>CSS</acronym>
-for <acronym>HTML</acronym> customization. Another possibility is to use intermediate
-formats, like docbook or <code>mekeinfo</code> <acronym>XML</acronym>
-and <acronym>XSL</acronym> stylesheets to customize the resulting document. Still the
-output produced by <code>makeinfo</code> isn't customizable.
-</p>
-<p>The current development of <code>texi2html</code> tries to
-provide for producing the more interesting and sophisticated <acronym>HTML</acronym>
-pages that today's Internet users have come to expect.
-The goal behind <code>texi2html</code> is to generate attractive <acronym>HTML</acronym> by
-default but also to allow users considerable freedom to affect the final
-style and design of the output <acronym>HTML</acronym> pages. This is achieved via
-command line options and flexible configuration files.
-</p>
-
-<p>In contrast to the <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by <code>makeinfo --html</code> (the
-<code>makeinfo</code> program is part of the Texinfo distribution), the
-<code>texi2html</code> program, among other differences, allows for the
-customization of the entire page layout, including headers, footers, style
-sheets, etc., allows for customization of the low level <acronym>HTML</acronym>
-formatting, provides for splitting documents at various levels, and provides
-for using the <code>latex2html</code> program to convert <code>@tex</code> sections of
-the Texinfo source.
-</p>
-<p>The focus on <acronym>HTML</acronym> is still present but with the help of the
-customization files it is now possible to use <code>texi2html</code> to
-produce other formats as well. <code>texi2html</code> may for example be
-turned into a texinfo to roff translator with the help of a customization file
-provided with the distribution.
-</p>
-<p><code>texi2html</code> should reasonably convert all Texinfo
-4.8 constructs. If you find it does not, please send a bug report to the
-<a href="mailto:users@texi2html.cvshome.org">users@texi2html.cvshome.org</a> email list.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Obtaining-texi2html"></a>
-<a name="SEC3"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="chapter"> 2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code> </h1>
-
-<p>The latest version of the source code for <code>texi2html</code> should be
-available from <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org">texi2html.cvshome.org</a>.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Installation"></a>
-<a name="SEC4"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="chapter"> 3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code> </h1>
-
-<p>To install <code>texi2html</code>, you must first obtain a copy of the
-source distribution. See section <a href="#SEC3">Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a>.
-</p>
-<p><code>texi2html</code> also requires <code>perl</code> version
-5.004 or above. The current version has not been tested
-extensively on versions of <code>perl</code> below 5.6, however.
-</p>
-<p><code>texi2html</code> is a standard Automake-based distribution.
-If you have a source version, you should run <code>./configure</code>
-to regenerate the executable <tt>`texi2html'</tt> file. <code>./configure</code>
-accepts options to select the installation directory for the <tt>`texi2html'</tt>
-file, the default directories <code>texi2html</code> will use to look for
-configuration files, and other details. Run <code>./configure --help</code> for
-more information.
-</p>
-<p>Running <code>./configure</code> combines four files into the final
-<tt>`texi2html'</tt> program file:
-</p><ul class="toc">
-<li> <tt>`texi2html.pl'</tt> contains the base program,
-</li><li> <tt>`MySimple.pm'</tt> handles the command line options,
-</li><li> <tt>`texi2html.init'</tt> is the default configuration file, and
-</li><li> <tt>`T2h_i18n.pm'</tt> is used for internationalization.
-</li><li> <tt>`translations.pl'</tt> contains the translations of the strings used in
-documents.
-</li></ul>
-
-<p>Running <code>./configure</code> also builds the <code>make</code> configuration
-files (<tt>`Makefile'</tt>s). To make the documentation run <code>make</code>.
-</p>
-<p><code>make install</code> performs the installation to the locations specified to
-the <code>./configure</code> script. This usually involves placing the actual
-<tt>`texi2html'</tt> file someplace in your path, such as <tt>`/usr/local/bin'</tt> or
-<tt>`/usr/bin'</tt>.
-</p>
-<p>Installing <code>texi2html</code> in your path should be sufficient
-to run it. To use default initialization files, or a configuration file for
-LaTeX2HTML when using <code>latex2html</code> to convert <code>@tex</code> sections
-(see section <a href="#SEC12">Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a>), install them in the package data directory
-specified to configure. This is <tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/'</tt> by default,
-but depends on the value of the <a name="IDX1"></a>
-<samp>`--pkgdatadir=<var>dir</var>'</samp> option passed to
-the <code>./configure</code> script. Files used for strings customization and
-internationalization are also searched for in the <tt>`i18n'</tt> directory
-of this directory. See section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a> for more.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Invoking-texi2html"></a>
-<a name="SEC5"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="chapter"> 4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code> </h1>
-
-<p>To produce an <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual, run <code>texi2html</code> with a Texinfo
-file as an argument. For example, this manual is created with:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$ texi2html texi2html.texi
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>The behaviour of <code>texi2html</code> may be changed with command line
-options. These command line options are always associated with corresponding
-<code>perl</code> variables which may appear in init files, and these
-variables are presented in this chapter each time a switch is described.
-</p>
-<p>Boolean command line switches always have a corresponding negated switch,
-obtained by prepending <samp>`no'</samp> or <samp>`no-'</samp> to the switch name. For example
-<a name="IDX2"></a>
-<samp>`--nomenu'</samp> does the reverse of <a name="IDX3"></a>
-<samp>`--menu'</samp>.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The <acronym>HTML</acronym> output may be split at
- different levels
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing page layout
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Specifying initialization files for fine tuning
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Splitting-output"></a>
-<a name="SEC6"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document </h2>
-
-<p>The <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual resulting from the processing of the Texinfo source
-may be split into files at different levels. This is specified with the
-option <a name="IDX4"></a>
-<samp>`--split'</samp> which takes an argument, namely the level of splitting
-(variable: <a name="IDX5"></a>
-<code>$SPLIT</code>). This level may be:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <samp>`chapter'</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>The document is split at <code>@chapter</code>, <code>@appendix</code>, or <code>@unnumbered</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <samp>`section'</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>The document is split at the same places as it is using the <samp>`chapter'</samp>
-argument, and also at <code>@section</code>, <code>@appendixsec</code> or
-<code>@unnumberedsec</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <samp>`node'</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>The document is split at every sectioning command. It is not necessarily
-split at each node, if the <code>@node</code> structure doesn't correspond with
-the sectioning command structure (see below).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <samp>`none'</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>The document isn't split. This is the default.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>There are two kinds of commands which may be used to define sectioning
-elements in Texinfo: <code>@node</code> and the structuring commands (<code>@top</code>,
-<code>@section</code>, <code>@appendixsubsec</code>, and so on). A node just preceding
-a structuring command is considered to be part of the same sectioning element
-as that command. If the <code>@node Top</code> isn't associated with a structuring
-command it also defines a sectioning element.
-</p>
-<p>By default, nodes which aren't associated with a structuring command are not
-considered to be sectioning commands. They are always considered to be part
-of a sectioning element defined by a structuring command. It is possible to
-change this behaviour via the <a name="IDX6"></a>
-<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp> option (variable
-<a name="IDX7"></a>
-<code>$USE_NODES</code>). In this case, nodes not associated with structuring
-commands are also considered to be sectioning commands defining a sectioning
-element.
-</p>
-<p>This default behaviour mimics <code>texi2dvi</code> behaviour, which ignores
-<code>@node</code> commands for the purprose of sectioning, while the second
-looks like <code>makeinfo</code> behaviour (see <a href="texinfo.html#Two-Paths">(texinfo)Two Paths</a>).
-</p>
-<p>As an illustration, the following table shows how a sample Texinfo document is
-divided into sectioning elements when <a name="IDX8"></a>
-<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp> is used and not:
-</p>
-<table>
-<tr><td><p> Texinfo code
-</p></td><td>
-</td><td>
-<p>default case
-</p></td><td>
-</td><td>
-<p>with <a name="IDX9"></a>
-<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td>
-<br>
-<br>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
-@chapter node 1
-node1 text
-
-@node node2
-node2 text
-
-@node node3
-node3 text
-@chapter node 3
-chapter text
-</pre></td></tr></table></td><td>
-</td><td>
-<p>first element:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
-@chapter node 1
-node1 text
-
-@node node2
-node2 text
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>second element:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node3
-node3 text
-@chapter node 3
-chapter text
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-</td><td>
-</td><td>
-<p>first element:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
-@chapter node 1
-node1 text
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>second element:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node2
-node2 text
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>third element:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node3
-node3 text
-@chapter node 3
-chapter text
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Output-files"></a>
-<a name="SEC7"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.2 Setting output file and directory names </h2>
-
-<p>The manual name is constructed by stripping the <samp>`.texi'</samp>,
-<samp>`.txi'</samp>, <samp>`.texinfo'</samp>, or <samp>`.txinfo'</samp> extension from the Texinfo file
-name.
-</p>
-<p>By default, <code>texi2html</code> generates the manual file in the current
-directory if the manual isn't split. A <samp>`.html'</samp> file extension is appended
-to the manual name.
-</p>
-<p>If the manual is split the files are put in a directory named after the
-manual name. The file name is constructed using the manual name as basename.
-An underscore followed by a number is appended
-to the basename for each files corresponding with sectioning elements, with the
-exception of the top element. For the top element there nothing appended.
-The files containing special elements pages
-have an underscore and a 3 letter code corresponding to their content
-(<samp>`toc'</samp> for table of contents, <samp>`abt'</samp> for about, <samp>`ovr'</samp> for
-overview) appended. Lastly, an <samp>`.html'</samp> file extension is appended.
-</p>
-<p>Thus, if the texinfo file <tt>`afile.texi'</tt> is processed and split at chapters
-into 3 files, the generated files (in directory <tt>`afile'</tt>) will be:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">afile.html --&gt; <code>@node Top</code> or <code>@top</code> section
-afile_1.html --&gt; Chapter 1
-afile_2.html --&gt; Chapter 2
-afile_toc.html --&gt; Table of Contents
-afile_abt.html --&gt; About Page
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>This default behavior may be modified by several command line options. If the
-output isn't split, the prefix file name may be overrided by the
-<a name="IDX10"></a>
-<samp>`--output'</samp> command line option (variable <a name="IDX11"></a>
-<code>$OUT</code>). If the output
-is split, and <a name="IDX12"></a>
-<samp>`--output'</samp> is set, the files are placed in the directory
-specified by the argument to the option.
-</p>
-<p>The basename may be overridden with <a name="IDX13"></a>
-<samp>`--prefix'</samp> (variable
-<a name="IDX14"></a>
-<code>$PREFIX</code>). If <a name="IDX15"></a>
-<samp>`--short-ext'</samp> is given, <samp>`.htm'</samp> is appended
-instead of <samp>`.html'</samp> in the final step (variable <a name="IDX16"></a>
-<code>$SHORTEXTN</code>).
-The <a name="IDX17"></a>
-<samp>`--top-file'</samp> option
-overrides the top element file name (variable <a name="IDX18"></a>
-<code>$TOP_FILE</code>). This can
-be used to name the top element file <samp>`index.html'</samp>. Similarly,
-<a name="IDX19"></a>
-<samp>`--toc-file'</samp> changes the name of the table of contents file (variable
-<a name="IDX20"></a>
-<code>$TOC_FILE</code>).
-</p>
-<p>Reusing the example above, but this time calling <code>texi2html</code> like so:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$ texi2html -split chapter -prefix manual -short-ext -top-file index.htm -toc-file contents.htm afile.texi
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>we get, in <tt>`manual'</tt>:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">index.htm --&gt; <code>@node Top</code> or <code>@top</code> section
-manual_1.htm --&gt; Chapter 1
-manual_2.htm --&gt; Chapter 2
-contents.htm --&gt; Table of Contents
-manual_abt.htm --&gt; About Page
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>The file names generated by <code>texi2html</code> differ from those generated
-by <code>makeinfo</code>. <code>makeinfo</code> uses the node name to construct
-the file names while splitting at nodes. It is possible to get the same
-behaviour out of <code>texi2html</code> by specifying the
-<a name="IDX21"></a>
-<samp>`--node-files'</samp> option (variable <a name="IDX22"></a>
-<code>$NODE_FILES</code>). If the output
-isn't split at nodes, <code>texi2html</code> will still output files named after
-the nodes, without real content but redirecting to the right file.
-The default is false for this option.
-This trick enables the generated <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual to be a
-target for the cross-references of other manuals generated by
-<code>makeinfo</code> or <code>texi2html</code>.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Expansion"></a>
-<a name="SEC8"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded </h2>
-
-<p>The default for <code>texi2html</code> is to expand the <code>@ifhtml</code>,
-<code>@html</code>, and <code>@menu</code> regions, all the <code>@ifnot</code> regions
-except <code>@ifnothtml</code>, and no other <code>@if</code> regions.
-</p>
-<p>It is possible to expand other regions by setting <a name="IDX23"></a>
-<samp>`--if&lt;region&gt;'</samp>,
-where <samp>`&lt;region&gt;'</samp> is replaced by the literal name of the region (for
-example, <samp>`--iftex'</samp>). Symetrically, if <a name="IDX24"></a>
-<samp>`--no-if&lt;region&gt;'</samp> is
-specified, the <samp>`&lt;region&gt;'</samp> region is ignored. The configuration file
-array, <a name="IDX25"></a>
-<code>@EXPAND</code>, holds the names of regions which should be
-expanded. The only region name present in <code>@EXPAND</code> in the default case
-is <samp>`html'</samp>.
-</p>
-<p>If <a name="IDX26"></a>
-<samp>`--nomenu'</samp> is set, the <code>@menu</code> sections are not expanded
-(variable <a name="IDX27"></a>
-<code>$SHOW_MENU</code>). The default is to expand <code>@menu</code>
-sections.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Texinfo-related-options"></a>
-<a name="SEC9"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features </h2>
-
-<p>Miscalleneous Texinfo related things may be specified via command line options.
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <a name="IDX28"></a>
-<p><samp>`--lang=<var>lang</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>Sets the document language similar to the Texinfo directive,
-<code>@documentlanguage <var>lang</var></code> (variable <a name="IDX29"></a>
-<code>$LANG</code>).
-The default is <samp>`en'</samp>, that is, use the english language strings.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX30"></a>
-<p><samp>`-D<var>var</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>Sets <var>var</var>. Equivalent to, <code>@set <var>var</var> 1</code>, in Texinfo.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX31"></a>
-<p><samp>`-U<var>var</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>Clears <var>var</var>. Equivalent to, <code>@clear <var>var</var></code>, in Texinfo.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX32"></a>
-<p><samp>`-P<var>dir</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>Prepend <var>dir</var> to the list of directories to search for
-<code>@include</code> files (the associated array is <a name="IDX33"></a>
-<code>@PREPEND_DIRS</code>,
-empty in the default case).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX34"></a>
-<p><samp>`-I<var>dir</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>Append <var>dir</var> to the list of directories to search for
-<code>@include</code> files (the associated array is <a name="IDX35"></a>
-<code>@INCLUDE_DIRS</code>,
-empty in the default case).
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>The include files are always searched for in the current directory.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Page-layout-options"></a>
-<a name="SEC10"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.5 Page layout related command line options </h2>
-
-<p>If the <a name="IDX36"></a>
-<samp>`--frames'</samp> option is specified, <acronym>HTML</acronym> frames
-are used. A file describing the frame layout is generated, and the
-document page is associated with a frame where the short table of
-content appears (variable <a name="IDX37"></a>
-<code>$FRAMES</code>). The default is not
-to use frames.
-</p>
-<p>It is also possible to suppress the section navigation panel with
-<a name="IDX38"></a>
-<samp>`--nosec-nav'</samp> (variable <a name="IDX39"></a>
-<code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code>, the default
-is to output all the navigation panels), and to specify
-whether footnotes should appear at the foot of the same page which contains
-the reference to the note or on a separate page with
-<a name="IDX40"></a>
-<samp>`--separated-footnotes'</samp> (variable <a name="IDX41"></a>
-<code>$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES</code>).
-The default is to have separated footnotes.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Style-options"></a>
-<a name="SEC11"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style </h2>
-
-<p>Miscalleneous style changes may be achieved with command line options.
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <a name="IDX42"></a>
-<p><samp>`--doctype=<var>DTD</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dt> <a name="IDX43"></a>
-<p><samp>`--frameset-doctype=<var>DTD</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>You can specify the document DTD by setting these options.
-<a name="IDX44"></a>
-<samp>`--frameset-doctype'</samp> applies to the file describing the frames when
-frames are used (corresponding variables are <a name="IDX45"></a>
-<code>$DOCTYPE</code> and
-<a name="IDX46"></a>
-<code>$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE</code>).
-</p>
-<p>The default for the document doctype is:
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN&quot; &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd&quot;&gt;
-</pre></td></tr></table><p>And for the frameset doctype:
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//EN&quot; &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/frameset.dtd&quot;&gt;
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-</dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX47"></a>
-<p><samp>`--iso'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>If this option is set, ISO8859 entities are used for some special symbols,
-like Copyright &copy; (variable <a name="IDX48"></a>
-<code>$USE_ISO</code>). It is the default.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX49"></a>
-<p><samp>`--css-include=<var>file</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>This command line switch provides for the inclusion of an external
-Cascading Style Sheet (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) file. More than one file may be
-specified, and <samp>`-'</samp> stands for the standard input (array
-<a name="IDX50"></a>
-<code>@CSS_FILES</code>).
-</p>
-<p>The option use is the same than for <code>makeinfo</code> and is described
-extensively in <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-CSS">(texinfo)HTML CSS</a>.
-Briefly, the <acronym>CSS</acronym> <code>@import</code> lines from the external file
-<acronym>CSS</acronym> file are pasted before the
-<code>texi2html</code> <acronym>CSS</acronym> rules, and the external file <acronym>CSS</acronym>
-rules are pasted after the <code>texi2html</code> <acronym>CSS</acronym> rules.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX51"></a>
-<p><samp>`--html-xref-prefix=<var>path</var>'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>This option sets the base directory for external <acronym>HTML</acronym> texinfo manuals
-(variable <a name="IDX52"></a>
-<code>$EXTERNAL_DIR</code>). Defaults to <samp>`../'</samp>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX53"></a>
-<p><samp>`--def-table'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>If this option is set, <acronym>HTML</acronym> tables are used to format definition
-commands, rather than <acronym>HTML</acronym> definition tables (variable
-<a name="IDX54"></a>
-<code>$DEF_TABLE</code>). Default is false.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX55"></a>
-<p><samp>`--short-ref'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>If this option is set, cross-references are given without section numbers
-(variable <a name="IDX56"></a>
-<code>$SHORT_REF</code>). Default is false.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX57"></a>
-<p><samp>`--number'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>If this option is set, sections are numbered (variable
-<a name="IDX58"></a>
-<code>$NUMBER_SECTIONS</code>). This is the default.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <a name="IDX59"></a>
-<p><samp>`--toc-links'</samp>
-</p></dt>
-<dd><p>If this option is set, links from headings to <acronym>TOC</acronym> entries are
-created (variable <a name="IDX60"></a>
-<code>$TOC_LINKS</code>). Default is false.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Expanding-TeX-regions"></a>
-<a name="SEC12"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML </h2>
-
-<p>It is possible to use <a href="http://www.latex2html.org/">LaTeX2HTML</a>
-to process <code>@tex</code> regions and <code>@math{}</code> commands. This is an
-attractive way to display mathematical constructs in the <acronym>HTML</acronym>
-manual. The <a name="IDX61"></a>
-<samp>`--l2h'</samp> option activates this feature (variable
-<var>$L2H</var>). It is usually desirable to expand <code>@tex</code> sections when this
-option is specified (see section <a href="#SEC8">Specifying which regions get expanded</a>). The default is not to use this
-feature.
-</p>
-<p>The <a name="IDX62"></a>
-<samp>`--l2h-l2h=<var>program</var>'</samp> option enables changing the name/location
-of the LaTeX2HTML program processing TeX regions (variable
-<a name="IDX63"></a>
-<code>$L2H_L2H</code>). The default is <code>latex2html</code>.
-</p>
-<a name="IDX64"></a>
-<p><samp>`--l2h-tmp'</samp> sets the directory used for temporary
-files, this name shouldn't contain a dot <samp>`.'</samp>
-(variable is <a name="IDX65"></a>
-<code>$L2H_TMP</code>). Defaults to the current dir.
-</p>
-<p>The file specified by <a name="IDX66"></a>
-<samp>`--l2h-file'</samp> is
-used as LaTeX2HTML init file. It is searched at the same places than
-init files (see section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>), and the default is <tt>`l2h.init'</tt>.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Using-init-files"></a>
-<a name="SEC13"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning </h2>
-
-
-<p>Initialization variables are read first from
-<tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/Config'</tt> (the exact location being
-changeable with the <a name="IDX67"></a>
-<samp>`--pkgdatadir=dir'</samp> option of the
-<code>configure</code> script, see <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>),
-<tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/Config'</tt> (the exact location being
-changeable with the <a name="IDX68"></a>
-<samp>`--sysconfdir=dir'</samp> option of the
-<code>configure</code> script, see <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>), from <tt>`./Config'</tt>
-then from <tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/Config'</tt>. Any command-line option
-can override the corresponding option set in init file, and the
-option <a name="IDX69"></a>
-<samp>`--init-file'</samp> specifies an init file to be loaded, with
-later settings overriding earlier ones.
-</p>
-<p>The init files specified with <a name="IDX70"></a>
-<samp>`--init-file'</samp> are searched
-first in the current directory, then in the <tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/'</tt>
-directory, in the <tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/'</tt> directory and lastly
-in the <tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/'</tt> directory.
-</p>
-<p>A file is also included based on the language selected,
-by <a name="IDX71"></a>
-<code>$LANG</code>, <a name="IDX72"></a>
-<samp>`--lang'</samp> or <code>@documentlanguage</code>.
-If no language was selected <samp>`en'</samp> is considered to be
-the language. All the files with name the language name in
-<tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/i18n/'</tt>,
-<tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/i18n/'</tt>,
-<tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/i18n/'</tt> and then <tt>`./i18n/'</tt> are included.
-</p>
-<p>The default initialization options are defined in the
-<tt>`texi2html.init'</tt> file contained in the <code>texi2html</code>
-distribution (which gets included near the beginning of the
-<code>texi2html</code> script that gets installed).
-</p>
-<p>To customize <code>texi2html</code> it is best if you copy the
-appropriate sections from the <tt>`texi2html.init'</tt>
-contents into an appropriate local initialization file,
-make the necessary changes there, and then have
-<code>texi2html</code> read this initialization file by one of
-the means described above.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Initialization-files"></a>
-<a name="SEC14"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="chapter"> 5. Overview of initialization files content and loading </h1>
-
-<p>The initialization files are <code>perl</code> files, read as explained
-in <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>. You don't need to know much of <code>perl</code>
-to do some simple changes in variable values, however, to be able to
-really take advantage of all the features of the initialization file,
-a good knowledge of <code>perl</code> is required.
-</p>
-<p>In initialization file two kind of variables appear. These are normal
-variables (including arrays and hashes) and references on functions.
-The later permits the dynamic redefinition of functions used to produce
-the <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual. You should be able to change the value of some
-normal variables without a deep knowledge of <code>perl</code>, by looking
-at the existing examples. The possible mistakes in that case could be
-omitted <samp>`;'</samp>, and bad quoting.
-</p>
-<p>Initialization file are loaded from the main program by
-the mean of a <code>require</code>, while in the <code>Texi2HTML::Config</code>
-namespace. This means that the namespace of the main program and
-the namespace of inititalization files are distinct, which ensures
-that no name clash should happen. The variables are declared with the
-<code>our</code> specifier, such that it should be possible to use the
-<code>use strict</code> pragma in the initialization file code.
-</p>
-<p>To avoid messing with the variables in the <code>main</code> namespace
-all the global variables which could be of use in the init files
-are in the <code>Texi2HTML</code> namespace. Notice that the functions
-of the main program are still in the <code>main</code> namespace.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Function redefinition is achieved with
- redefinition of references on functions.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC16">5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Conventions used in that manual for function
- reference prototypes display.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Redefining-functions"></a>
-<a name="SEC15"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC16" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files </h2>
-
-<p>To redefine a function you must replace the corresponding funtion
-reference with a reference on your function.
-Thus you should write your function, give it a name you
-are certain it is unique in the <code>Texi2HTML::Config</code> namespace,
-and override the value of the function reference with your own
-function reference. When another function from the main program
-(or from another functions of an initialization file) calls the reference,
-your function will be used.
-</p>
-<p>For example the function
-reference corresponding with the function called when doing an
-anchor is called <a name="IDX73"></a>
-<code>$anchor</code>. Thus if you want to override the
-corresponding function
-you could write:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example"># override the function reference
-$anchor = \&amp;my_own_function;
-
-# the function reference now refers to
-sub my_own_function {
-# process arguments and return an html anchor
-}
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Function-prototypes"></a>
-<a name="SEC16"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes </h2>
-
-<p>As the functions are defined by a reference name, we will always
-use the reference name in function prototypes. For the function arguments
-we will use <code>\@array</code> for a reference on an array and similarly
-<code>\%hash</code> for a reference on a hash.
-</p>
-<p>Thus, the prototype for the function associated with the function
-reference <samp>`$formatting_function'</samp> will be:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>formatting_function</b><i> $arg1 \@arg2</i>
-<a name="IDX74"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><code>formatting_function</code> takes as first argument <var>$arg2</var>,
-as second argument a reference on an array <var>\@arg2</var>
-and returns the formatted text <var>$text</var>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>To redefined the corresponding function, you should write:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$formatting_function = \&amp;my_formatting_function
-
-sub my_formatting_function($ $)
-{
- my $arg1 = shift;
- my $arg2 = shift;
- # prepare $formatted_text
- .....
- return $formatted_text
-}
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Changing-the-page-layout"></a>
-<a name="SEC17"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC16" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC18" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="chapter"> 6. Fine tuning of the page layout </h1>
-
-<p>Some features of the page layout might be specified with command line
-options, the corresponding variables are described in
-<a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>.
-Fine tuning of the page layout may be achieved
-with redefinition of other variables and function references in the
-initialization files.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC18">6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The different categories of pages.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The elements of a page.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC21">6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> How to change the navigation panel.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC25">6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The available main program variables and some
- usefull functions from the main program.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Setting variables before the document
- production but after the texinfo parsing.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC33">6.6 Finalizing the output</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Cleaning after document generation.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing css lines.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC36">6.9 Customizing the sections</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC38">6.11 Special pages formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing table of contents, top, about page.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Putting index entries in external files.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="The-different-pages"></a>
-<a name="SEC18"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements </h2>
-
-<p>The following sectioning elements can be associated with pages:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <em>Normal elements</em></dt>
-<dd><p>These are normal sections or nodes. Their association with pages is
-determined by the splitting of the document. See section <a href="#SEC6">Specifying where to split the generated document</a>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Top element</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The top element is the higher element in the document structure.
-If there is a <code>@top</code> section it is the element associated with
-that section. Otherwise it is the element associated with the
-<code>@node Top</code>. If there is no <code>@node Top</code> the first element is the
-top element.
-</p>
-<p>The top element is formatted differently than a normal element if there
-is a <code>@top</code> section or the <code>@node Top</code> isn't associated
-with a sectioning command.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Misc elements</em></dt>
-<dd><p>These elements are associated with pages if the document is split.
-There are four misc elements:
-</p><ol>
-<li> Table of contents
-</li><li> Short table of contents, also called Overview
-</li><li> Footnotes page
-</li><li> About page
-</li></ol>
-
-<p>The <em>About page</em> shouldn't be present for documents consisting
-in only one sectioning element. The <em>Footnote page</em> should only
-be present if the footnotes appear on a separated page
-(see section <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>), however a footnote element is present if
-the document isn't split. The <em>Table of contents</em> should only
-be formatted if <code>@contents</code> is present in the document.
-Similarly the <em>Overview</em> should only appear if <code>@shortcontents</code>
-or <code>@summarycontents</code> is present.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="The-page-layout"></a>
-<a name="SEC19"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC18" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview </h2>
-
-<p>A page is broken up in three parts. A page header, the sections
-and a page footer. A common element in the page layout is a navigation
-panel with icons or text linking to other sections or pages. Another
-common element is a rule, separating sections or footer. The navigation
-panel and the rules may be part of the sections or part of headers or
-footers. You may use the variables <a name="IDX75"></a>
-<code>$SMALL_RULE</code>,
-<a name="IDX76"></a>
-<code>$DEFAULT_RULE</code>, <a name="IDX77"></a>
-<code>$MIDDLE_RULE</code> and <a name="IDX78"></a>
-<code>$BIG_RULE</code>
-for rules of different sizes.
-The defaults are
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$SMALL_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;1&quot;&gt;';
-$DEFAULT_RULE = '&lt;hr&gt;';
-$MIDDLE_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;2&quot;&gt;';
-$BIG_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;6&quot;&gt;';
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-
-<p>In the header some important meta data may be defined, like the
-title or style information, and textual informations may be present
-in comments. All this doesn't appear directly in the displayed
-<acronym>HTML</acronym>, though.
-</p>
-<p>The page layout is mainly controlled by functions, the precise functions
-called depending on the document splitting. The navigation panel, however,
-can be customized with variables.
-</p>
-<a name="SEC20"></a>
-<h3 class="subheading"> Element labels </h3>
-<p><a name="Element-labels"></a>
-</p>
-<p>There are 19 items associated with elements. Each of these
-is associated with a name and a reference to the
-element they represent, when such an element exists.
-The element is either a global element or an element relative to the current
-element. The relative elements are found with respect with the document
-structure defined by the section structuring commands (<code>@chapter</code>,
-<code>@unnumbered</code>&hellip;) or by the nodes (in that case the node
-directions are specified on node line or in menu organization).
-These items are called <em>element labels</em>. They may be associated with
-a button (see section <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>), and used in the formatting functions
-(see section <a href="#SEC25">Main program variables and usefull functions</a>).
-</p>
-<p>Here is the list:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <em><samp>`&nbsp;'</samp></em></dt>
-<dd><p>An empty button
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Top</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Top element. The associated name is <a name="IDX79"></a>
-<code>$TOP_HEADING</code> if that variable is
-defined. This variable is not set by default.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Contents</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Table of contents
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>About</em></dt>
-<dd><p>About (help) page
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Overview</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Overview, short table of contents
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>First</em></dt>
-<dd><p>First element in reading order
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Last</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Last element in reading order
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Index</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The first chapter with <code>@printindex</code>. The associated name
-is <a name="IDX80"></a>
-<code>$INDEX_CHAPTER</code>, if the variable is set. This variable is not set
-by default.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>This</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The current element
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Back</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Preceding element in reading order
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>FastBack</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter if the element is a chapter
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Prev</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Previous section on the same level
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>NodePrev</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Previous node
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Forward</em> </dt>
-<dd><p>Next element in reading order
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>FastForward</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Next chapter
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Next</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Next section on the same level
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>NodeNext</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Next node
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Following</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Next node in node reading order
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>Up</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Up section
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>NodeUp</em></dt>
-<dd><p>Up node
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Navigation-panel"></a>
-<a name="SEC21"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons </h2>
-
-<p>A lot of customization of the navigation panel may be achieved without
-redefining functions, with variables redefinition.
-In case it isn't enough, it is also possible to redefine the function
-doing the navigation panel formatting.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Variables controlling the navigation panel
- at a global level
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC24">6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="General-purpose-variables"></a>
-<a name="SEC22"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level </h3>
-
-<p>The global formatting of the navigation panels may be
-changed with the following variables:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION</code>
-<a name="IDX81"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>A vertical navigation panel will be used for the header navigation
-panel if this variable is true.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$ICONS</code>
-<a name="IDX82"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Icons are used instead of
-textual buttons if this variable is true.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code>
-<a name="IDX83"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>If this variable is false there is no section navigation, no navigation
-panels for the elements within the pages, only at
-the beginning and the end of the page (see section <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>).
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Button-specifications"></a>
-<a name="SEC23"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC24" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting </h3>
-
-<p>Several arrays and hashes enable a precise control on the buttons and
-their display.
-The following arrays determine the buttons present in navigation panels:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code>
-<a name="IDX84"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the begining
-of sectioning elements. If split at node or section they are also used
-at the page footer, and in the case of section navigation at the page header.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code>
-<a name="IDX85"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt> <code>@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code>
-<a name="IDX86"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the footer
-of pages when split at node or at section.
-</p>
-<p>If <a name="IDX87"></a>
-<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code> is set and the output is split at nodes, these
-buttons are only present if there are more than <a name="IDX88"></a>
-<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code>
-words in the sectioning element text. This counting is very rough and include
-punctuation marks, html elements, numbers. The default is to include the
-buttons after 300 words.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>@CHAPTER_BUTTONS</code>
-<a name="IDX89"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This array is used for the buttons appearing at the page footer if split at
-chapter, and at the page header if split at chapter and there is no section
-navigation.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>@MISC_BUTTONS</code>
-<a name="IDX90"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>These buttons appear at the beginning of special and sections
-and at the end of these section pages if the output is split.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>The array specify the buttons displayed in navigation panels,
-and how the button is displayed.
-Each element is associated with
-a button of the navigation panel from left to right.
-The signification of the array element value is the following:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <em>reference on a function</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The function is called with first argument a filehandle reference on the
-current file and second argument a boolean true if the navigation
-panel should be vertical.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>reference on a scalar</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The scalar value is printed. For some possibly
-usefull scalars, <a href="#SEC26">Accessing elements informations</a>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>reference on an array</em></dt>
-<dd><p>In this case the first array element should be a reference on text and the
-second element an element label. In that case a link to the
-element associated with the element label with the scalar value
-text is generated.
-</p>
-<p>For example if the buttons array element is
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">[ 'Next', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next} ]
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>The button will be a link to the next section with text
-<a name="IDX91"></a>
-<code>$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <em>element label</em></dt>
-<dd><p>If icons are not used, the button is a link to the corresponding
-element which text is defined by the value associated with the
-element label in the <a name="IDX92"></a>
-<code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> hash, surrounded
-by <samp>`['</samp> and <samp>`]'</samp>. If the element label is <samp>` '</samp>, there is
-no <samp>`['</samp> and <samp>`]'</samp>.
-The element of the <code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> hash are defined
-dynamically, in the <code>init_out</code> function reference
-(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
-</p>
-<p>If icons are used, the button is an image with file determined by
-the value associated with the element label in the <a name="IDX93"></a>
-<code>%ACTIVE_ICONS</code>
-hash if the the link really leads to an element, or in the <a name="IDX94"></a>
-<code>%PASSIVE_ICONS</code>
-hash if there is no element to link to. Of course if there is a link to the
-element the icon links to that element.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Panel-formatting-function"></a>
-<a name="SEC24"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting </h3>
-
-<p>If you are not satisfied with this scheme, it is possible to
-control exactly the formatting of navigation panels by redefining a function
-reference. The function controlling the display of navigation panel is
-associated with the following function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons $vertical</i>
-<a name="IDX95"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of
-the buttons for that navigation panel. <var>$vertical</var> is true if the
-navigation panel should be vertical.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Program-variables"></a>
-<a name="SEC25"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC24" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC26" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions </h2>
-
-<p>In the functions
-controlling the page layout some global variables set by the main
-program are available, with value corresponding with the current
-layout element.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Accessing information related with the
- different elements
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC27">6.4.2 Accessing global informations</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Accessing global informations, like date,
- title&hellip;
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> main program usefull functions
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Elements-hashes"></a>
-<a name="SEC26"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC27" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.1 Accessing elements informations </h3>
-
-<p>Four hashes are available, with key the elements labels (as described
-in <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>) and values:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NAME</code>
-<a name="IDX96"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The formatted element name
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::HREF</code>
-<a name="IDX97"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The element hypertext reference
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NODE</code>
-<a name="IDX98"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The element node name
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI</code>
-<a name="IDX99"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The element name after removal of texi commands
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Global-informations"></a>
-<a name="SEC27"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC26" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC31" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.2 Accessing global informations </h3>
-
-<p>Three kinds of global informations are available, miscalleneous global
-strings, flags set by <code>@set</code> and special flags and section lines.
-</p>
-<a name="SEC28"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubheading"> Global strings </h4>
-<p>The <a name="IDX100"></a>
-<code>%Texi2HTML::THISDOC</code> hash holds some global informations:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>fulltitle</code></dt>
-<dd><p>title set by <code>@title</code>. If there is no <code>@title</code> other
-possibilities are tried (<code>@settitle</code>, <code>@shorttitlepage</code>&hellip;).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>title</code></dt>
-<dd><p>title set by <code>@settitle</code>, or <code>fulltitle</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>title_no_texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>title without texi formatting
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>title_texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>title with texi commands
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>author</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Authors list set by <code>@author</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>authors</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A reference on an array containing each author set by <code>@author</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>copying</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Text appearing in <code>@copying</code> with all the texinfo commands removed,
-put in comments.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>program</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The name and version of <code>texi2html</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>program_homepage</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Homepage for <code>texi2html</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>program_authors</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Authors of <code>texi2html</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>file_base_name</code></dt>
-<dd><p>base name of the texinfo manual file.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>destination_directory</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Destination directory for the resulting files.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>toc_file</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The file name of the table of contents.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>today</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The date.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>It also holds the arg of the following commands, associated with the command
-name: kbdinputstyle, paragraphindent, setchapternewpage, headings,
-footnotestyle,
- exampleindent, firstparagraphindent, everyheading, everyfooting,
- evenheading, evenfooting, oddheading, oddfooting.
-</p>
-
-<a name="SEC29"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubheading"> Flags </h4>
-<p>Flags defined by <code>@set</code> may be accessed through the
-<a name="IDX101"></a>
-<code>%main::value</code> hash. The key is the flag name, the value is the
-flag value at the end of the document.
-</p>
-<p>Special flags are set by the main program. They correspond with a texinfo
-command, like <code>@setfilename</code>, or <code>@settitle</code>,
-<code>@author</code>&hellip; The corresponding flag is the command name with
-<samp>`_'</samp> appended, for example, <code>_titlefont</code> corresponds with
-<code>@titlefont</code>. Like other flags they are available in
-<a name="IDX102"></a>
-<code>%main::value</code>.
-</p>
-
-<a name="SEC30"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubheading"> Section lines </h4>
-
-<p>The following array references or arrays holds formatted lines:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code>
-<a name="IDX103"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Lines of the current element.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER</code>
-<a name="IDX104"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Lines of the current element appearing before the element label (anchors).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code>
-<a name="IDX105"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Lines of short table of contents. See section <a href="#SEC38">Special pages formatting</a>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code>
-<a name="IDX106"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Lines of table of contents. See section <a href="#SEC38">Special pages formatting</a>.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Global-functions"></a>
-<a name="SEC31"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC27" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC32" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting </h3>
-
-<p>The usefull function is a function used to print an array of lines, which
-also counts the number of words in the array, if needed.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function:</u> $words_number <b>main::print_lines</b><i> $filehandle \@lines_array</i>
-<a name="IDX107"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>\@lines_array</var> is the array line the function should write to the file.
-If this argument is omitted, the function uses <a name="IDX108"></a>
-<code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code>.
-<var>$words_number</var> is the number of words in the array, only defined if
-split at nodes and <a name="IDX109"></a>
-<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code> is defined.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Output-initialization"></a>
-<a name="SEC32"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC31" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC33" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.5 Preparing the output </h2>
-
-<p>After the texinfo file has been parsed, some information is available
-which can be used to modify some variables and prepare the outputting.
-For example the document language, the document encoding,
-values set with <code>@set</code> or <code>@setfilename</code> and other similar
-@-commands are not known before the texinfo parsing.
-</p>
-<p>The following function reference may be redefined to be called after
-texinfo processing and before document generation:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $encoding <b>init_out</b>
-<a name="IDX110"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function perform the initialization of variables and any other
-task before document outputting. It returns the encoding used for the
-output files.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>In the default case the <a name="IDX111"></a>
-<code>$BODYTEXT</code> (see section <a href="#SEC35">Customizing the page header</a>)
-and the hashes <a name="IDX112"></a>
-<code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> (see section <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>) and
-<a name="IDX113"></a>
-<code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code> (see section <a href="#SEC43">Formatting of about text</a>) are initialized.
-</p>
-<p>To perform the default initializations and also add more code, you could
-do as in the following example (save the default function reference and call
-it in your own function) :
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">my $default_init_out = $init_out;
-$init_out = \&amp;makeinfo_like_init_out;
-sub makeinfo_like_init_out()
-{
- my $encoding = &amp;$default_init_out();
- $NAVIGATION_TEXT{'Following'} = ' &amp;gt; ';
- return $encoding;
-}
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Output-finalization"></a>
-<a name="SEC33"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC32" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC34" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.6 Finalizing the output </h2>
-
-<p>If you want to do some cleaning after the document was generated (close
-files, write at the end of files and so on), the following function
-reference may be redefined:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>finish_out</b>
-<a name="IDX114"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function is called after the document generation.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The default is to do nothing.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="css"></a>
-<a name="SEC34"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC33" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC35" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines </h2>
-
-<p>It is possible to modify the <code>texi2html</code> css lines by modifying
-the entries or adding to the <a name="IDX115"></a>
-<code>%css_map</code> hash. Each key is a css
-selector, the corresponding value is a style string.
-</p>
-<p>The whole css text is in the variable <a name="IDX116"></a>
-<code>$CSS_LINES</code>. If this
-variable is defined the variable value is used instead of being
-constructed using the <a name="IDX117"></a>
-<code>%css_map</code> entries. For example if you don't
-want any css entries, set
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$CSS_LINES = '';
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>It is also possible to change completely the way <a name="IDX118"></a>
-<code>$CSS_LINES</code> are
-generated by redefining the following function reference:
-</p>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>css_lines</b><i> \@import_lines \@rule_lines</i>
-<a name="IDX119"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function should be used to construct the <a name="IDX120"></a>
-<code>$CSS_LINES</code>.
-<var>\@import_lines</var> are the <code>@import</code> lines of the
-files specified with <a name="IDX121"></a>
-<samp>`--include-css'</samp>,
-and <var>\@rule_lines</var> are the css commands lines of these files.
-See section <a href="#SEC11">Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Customizing-header"></a>
-<a name="SEC35"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC34" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC36" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.8 Customizing the page header </h2>
-
-<p>It is possible to add lines to the text within the <code>&lt;head&gt;</code>
-<acronym>HTML</acronym> elements, by defining the variable <a name="IDX122"></a>
-<code>$EXTRA_HEAD</code>.
-Similarly it is possible to add text just after the <code>&lt;body&gt;</code>
-element with the variable <a name="IDX123"></a>
-<code>$AFTER_BODY_OPEN</code>.
-These variables are empty by default.
-</p>
-<p>The encoding of the texinfo file is defined by <a name="IDX124"></a>
-<code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code>
-if no <code>@documentencoding</code> appears in the document.
-The default is a <samp>`en-ascii'</samp> encoding.
-The encoding of the resulting document is defined by
-<a name="IDX125"></a>
-<code>$ENCODING</code>. The default is the <code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The description of the document may be specified in
-<a name="IDX126"></a>
-<code>$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION</code>. If this variable is undef, the text
-associated with <code>@documentdescription</code> is used, and if there isn't
-such test a default description is constructed using the document title and
-the name of the first section of the file.
-</p>
-<p>The <code>&lt;body&gt;</code> element attributes may be set by defining the
-variable <a name="IDX127"></a>
-<code>$BODYTEXT</code>. If you want to define that variable
-dynamically, you should use the <code>init_out</code> function reference
-(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
-</p>
-<p>The default functions call the function associated with
-<a name="IDX128"></a>
-<code>$print_head_navigation</code> to format the navigation panel for the
-page header. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
-redefining the function reference.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_head_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons</i>
-<a name="IDX129"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of
-the buttons for the navigation panel.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>If you want even more control, you can have full control over the page header
-formatting by redefining three function references. The function associated
-with <a name="IDX130"></a>
-<code>$print_page_head</code> is called for all the pages, and after that,
-the function associated with <a name="IDX131"></a>
-<code>$print_chapter_header</code> is called
-if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
-<a name="IDX132"></a>
-<code>$print_section_header</code> is called if the document is split at sections.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_page_head</b><i> $filehandle</i>
-<a name="IDX133"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-This function should print the page head, including the <code>&lt;body&gt;</code>
-element.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_chapter_header</b><i> $filehandle</i>
-<a name="IDX134"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-This function is called if the document is split at chapters, after
-<code>print_page_head</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section_header</b><i> $filehandle</i>
-<a name="IDX135"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-This function is called if the document is split at sections, after
-<code>print_page_head</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Customizing-section"></a>
-<a name="SEC36"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC35" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC37" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.9 Customizing the sections </h2>
-
-<p>The functions associated with the following function references are used for
-the formatting of sections:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section</b><i> $filehandle $first_in_page $previous_is_top</i>
-<a name="IDX136"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>$first_in_page</var> is true if this section is the first section in the page.
-<var>$previous_is_top</var> is true if this section is the section following the
-Top section.
-This function should print the current section.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>end_section</b><i> $filehandle $last_element_or_before_top</i>
-<a name="IDX137"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>$last_element_or_before_top</var> is true if this section precedes the top
-element or is the last one in page, or before the special elements.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Customizing-footer"></a>
-<a name="SEC37"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC36" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.10 Customizing the page footer </h2>
-
-<p>It is possible to add text just before the <code>&lt;/body&gt;</code>
-element with the variable <a name="IDX138"></a>
-<code>$PRE_BODY_CLOSE</code>. Nothing is added
-by default.
-</p>
-
-<p>The default functions call the function associated with
-<a name="IDX139"></a>
-<code>$print_foot_navigation</code> to format the navigation panel for the
-page footer. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
-redefining the function reference.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_foot_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons</i>
-<a name="IDX140"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of
-the buttons for the navigation panel.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>If you want even more control, you can have full control the page footer
-formatting by redefining three function references.
-The function associated with <a name="IDX141"></a>
-<code>$print_chapter_footer</code> is called
-if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
-<a name="IDX142"></a>
-<code>$print_section_footer</code> is called if the document is split at sections.
- After that the function associated
-with <a name="IDX143"></a>
-<code>$print_page_foot</code> is called.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_page_foot</b><i> $filehandle</i>
-<a name="IDX144"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-This function should print the page foot, including the <code>&lt;/body&gt;</code>
-element.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_chapter_footer</b><i> $filehandle</i>
-<a name="IDX145"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-This function is called if the document is split at chapters, before
-<code>print_page_foot</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section_footer</b><i> $filehandle</i>
-<a name="IDX146"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-This function is called if the document is split at sections, before
-<code>print_page_foot</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Special-pages"></a>
-<a name="SEC38"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC37" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.11 Special pages formatting </h2>
-
-<p>For the special elements, two things must be formatted: the content
-and the page layout
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC39">6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Special-pages-content"></a>
-<a name="SEC39"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC40" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages </h3>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC40">6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC42">6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC43">6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Top-element-text"></a>
-<a name="SEC40"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC41" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting </h4>
-<p>The top element formatting is controlled by three function which also
-controls the layout of the top element page or section. The associated
-function references are:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top_header</b><i> $filehandle $begin_page</i>
-<a name="IDX147"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>$begin_page</var> is true if the element is the first in a page.
-This function should begin the Top element. At the time this function is called
-the top element text hasn't been parsed.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top</b><i> $filehandle $has_top_heading</i>
-<a name="IDX148"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>$has_top_heading</var> is true if there is a <code>@heading</code> command or
-<code>@titlefont</code> command appearing in the Top element text.
-This function should be used to format the Top element text and navigation
-panel.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top_footer</b><i> $filehandle $end_page</i>
-<a name="IDX149"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
-<var>$end_page</var> is true if the element is the last in a page.
-This function should end the Top element.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Contents-and-Overview-text"></a>
-<a name="SEC41"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC40" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC42" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents </h4>
-<p>Several variables may be used to control the formatting of table of contents
-and short table of contents:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>$DO_CONTENTS</code>
-<a name="IDX150"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>If the variable is true a table of contents is done even if there is no
-<code>@contents</code> command.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$DO_SCONTENTS</code>
-<a name="IDX151"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>If the variable is true a short table of contents is done even if there is no
-<code>@summarycontents</code> command.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$BEFORE_OVERVIEW</code>
-<a name="IDX152"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The variable value is inserted before the short table of contents text.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$AFTER_OVERVIEW</code>
-<a name="IDX153"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The variable value is inserted after the short table of contents text.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$BEFORE_TOC_LINES</code>
-<a name="IDX154"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The variable value is inserted before the table of contents text.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$AFTER_TOC_LINES</code>
-<a name="IDX155"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The variable value is inserted after the table of contents text.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$TOC_LIST_STYLE</code>
-<a name="IDX156"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This should contain a css style used for the list style if the tables of
-content are formatted with a list.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE</code>
-<a name="IDX157"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This should contain an attribute text used for the list element if the tables of
-content are formatted with a list.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>More control on the table of contents and short table of contents formatting
-may be achieved by redefining a function with the following associated
-function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>toc_body</b><i> \@elements </i>
-<a name="IDX158"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>\@elements</var> is an array reference contining informations about
-all the elements of the document. Each of the entry of this array is an hash
-reference which entries correspond with different informations
-about the element. Interesting keys have the following meaning:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>top</code></dt>
-<dd><p>true if the element is the top element,
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>index_page</code></dt>
-<dd><p>true if the element is an index page added because of index splitting,
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>toc_level</code></dt>
-<dd><p>level of the element in the table of content. Highest level
-is 1 for the top element and for chapters, appendix and so on,
-2 for section, unnumberedsec and so on...
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>tocid</code></dt>
-<dd><p>label used for reference linking to the element in table of
-contents,
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>file</code> </dt>
-<dd><p>the file containing the element, usefull to do href to that file
-in case the document is split,
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
-<dd><p>text of the element, with section number,
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
-<dd><p>text of the element, without section number.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>This function doesn't return anything but should fill the array corresponding
-with the
-<a name="IDX159"></a>
-<code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code> and
-<a name="IDX160"></a>
-<code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code> references with the table of contents and short
-table of contents.
-</p>
-</dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Footnotes-text"></a>
-<a name="SEC42"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC41" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC43" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text </h4>
-
-<p>The footnotes text is allready formatting when <code>@footnote</code> commands
-are expanded. See section <a href="#SEC82">Customizing the footnotes formatting</a>.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="About-text"></a>
-<a name="SEC43"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC42" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC44" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text </h4>
-
-<p>The default about element contains an explaination of the buttons used
-in the document (<code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code>, <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>) and
-an example locating the buttons targets in an example.
-The formatting of this text may be influenced by the following
-hashes and variables:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>$PRE_ABOUT</code> </dt>
-<dt> <code>$AFTER_ABOUT</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This variable may be a scalar or a function reference.
-If it is a scalar, the value is used.
-If this is a function reference it is expanded and the returned text is
-used. The text is added before or after the main about text.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The keys of this hash are element labels (see <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>). The value
-is the text associated with the element label in the about text.
-The element of the hash are defined
-dynamically, you should in the <code>init_out</code> function reference
-(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
-</p>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <code>%BUTTONS_EXAMPLE</code></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The keys of this hash are element labels (see <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>). The value
-is the text associated with the element label in the about example,
-typically a section number.
-</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>If this is not enough and you want to control exactly the formatting of
-the about text, you can redefine the function associated with the following
-function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $about_text <b>print_about</b>
-<a name="IDX161"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function should return the about text.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Special-pages-layout"></a>
-<a name="SEC44"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC43" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC45" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages </h3>
-
-<p>The formatting of each of the special pages, or section in case
-the document is not split, is controlled by a function.
-The associated function reference is called accordingly:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>print_Top</code>
-<a name="IDX162"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt> <code>print_Top_header</code>
-<a name="IDX163"></a>
-</dt>
-<dt> <code>print_Top_footer</code>
-<a name="IDX164"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Formatting of top element page or section. It is also used for the formatting
-of the top element text (see section <a href="#SEC40">Top element text formatting</a>).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>print_Toc</code>
-<a name="IDX165"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Formatting of table of contents page or section
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>print_Overview</code>
-<a name="IDX166"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Formatting of short table of contents page or section
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>print_About</code>
-<a name="IDX167"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Formatting of about (help) page or section
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>print_Footnotes</code>
-<a name="IDX168"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>Formatting of footnotes section or page in case footnotes are on a
-separated page or the document isn't split.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>In the default case, <a name="IDX169"></a>
-<code>$print_Top</code> calls <a name="IDX170"></a>
-<code>$print_Top_header</code> for
-the header and <a name="IDX171"></a>
-<code>$print_Top_footer</code> for the footer of top element.
-All the other function call <a name="IDX172"></a>
-<code>$print_misc</code> which in turn calls
-<a name="IDX173"></a>
-<code>$print_misc_header</code> for the headers and <a name="IDX174"></a>
-<code>$print_misc_footer</code>
-for the footers.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="File-names"></a>
-<a name="SEC45"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC44" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC46" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.12 Customizing the file names </h2>
-
-<p>It is possible to specify the file names with more control than with the
-command line options (see section <a href="#SEC7">Setting output file and directory names</a>).
-First the extension may be overrided by the variable <a name="IDX175"></a>
-<code>$EXTENSION</code>
-value.
-Two function references enable
-further customization. One is usefull in case <a name="IDX176"></a>
-<code>$NODE_FILES</code> is true
-and it is used to customize the node file name itself and is also used
-to produce a file name with a redirection leading to the node file.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($node_file $redirection_node_file) <b>node_file_name</b><i> $node</i>
-<a name="IDX177"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$node</var> is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
-are much more keys):
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The texinfo node name.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>with_section</code></dt>
-<dd><p>True if associated with a section.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-<p>The result is the node file name <var>$node_file</var>, and the file containing
-a redirection to the node <var>$redirection_node_file</var>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The other is usefull if <code>$NODE_FILES</code> isn't true. It is used to
-customize the file associated with each element.
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $file <b>element_file_name</b><i> $element $is_top $docu_name</i>
-<a name="IDX178"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$element</var> is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
-are much more keys):
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The texinfo element name.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>number</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The number associated with a section.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>doc_nr</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A number incremented whenever a new file should begin, based on how the
-document is split (see section <a href="#SEC6">Specifying where to split the generated document</a>).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The element text.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The element text without section number.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-<p><var>$is_top</var> is true if the element is considered as the top element.
-<var>$docu_name</var> is the basename of the texinfo manual.
-The result is the element file name.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="External-index-files"></a>
-<a name="SEC46"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC45" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 6.13 Generation of external files for index entries </h2>
-
-<p>Within the document, <code>@printindex</code> commands are expanded as explained
-in <a href="#SEC78">Customizing the formatting of index lists</a>. In case you want to do something special with index
-entries, outside of the document, you should first set the variable
-<a name="IDX179"></a>
-<code>$IDX_SUMMARY</code> true. After that some function reference will be called
-for each non empty index. For each index there are 3 function
-references, one called for initialization, one called for each index entry
-and the last one called for finalazation.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_begin</b><i> $index_name $is_printed</i>
-<a name="IDX180"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$index_name</var> is the two letters name for the index.
-This function
-is called for each index
-appearing in the document, before
-<code>index_summary_file_entry</code>.
-<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_entry</b><i> $index_name $entry_text $entry_reference $formatted_entry $texi_entry $entry_element_reference $entry_element_header $is_printed</i>
-<a name="IDX181"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function is called for each entry of an index. <var>index_name</var> is the
-name of the index. <var>$entry_text</var> is the entry in plain text,
-<var>$formatted_entry</var> is the index entry formatted, <var>$texi_entry</var> is the
-entry with texinfo commands. <var>$entry_reference</var> is the reference placed
-at the index entry place, in the form <samp>`file#id'</samp>.
-<var>$entry_element_header</var> is the formatted header of the element containing
-the index entry. <var>entry_element_header</var> is the reference to the
-beginning of the element containing the index entry, in the form
-<samp>`file#id'</samp>.
-<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_end</b><i> $index_name $is_printed</i>
-<a name="IDX182"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$index_name</var> is the two letters name for the index. This function
-is called for each index appearing in the document, after
-<code>index_summary_file_entry</code>.
-<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Customizing-HTML"></a>
-<a name="SEC47"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC46" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC48" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="chapter"> 7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files </h1>
-
-<p>Some simple customization may be achieved with the redefinition of the
-variables
-associated with the command line options. For the description and an
-explanation of the meaning of these variables, <a href="#SEC11">Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a>.
-</p>
-<p>Other variables and hash entries can be modified in initialization file
-to achieve more customization.
-Lastly, functions references corresponding with functions called from
-the main program and initialization files may
-be redefined.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC48">7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> there are three different contexts for command
- expansion: normal text, preformatted text and
- strings.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Formatting of <code>@anchor</code>, <code>@image</code>, <code>@sp</code>, <code>@acronym</code>, <code>@abbr</code>
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC55">7.5 Processing special characters in text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Some characters are processed specially
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>texi2html</code> write some strings in the output
- different for each languages
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@center</code>, <code>@flushleft</code>&hellip;
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC61">7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC65">7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC68">7.12 Definition commands formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC71">7.13 Customizing headings formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC72">7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>)</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC73">7.15 Menu formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC76">7.16 Indices formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC79">7.17 Floats and lists of floats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@float</code> and <code>@listoffloats</code>
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC82">7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> You can handle specifically other commands
-</td></tr>
-<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
-</pre></th></tr></table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Three-contexts"></a>
-<a name="SEC48"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC49" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string </h2>
-
-<p>There are three contexts of interest, one is the normal context, the other
-is a special context, called the <em>preformatted</em> context and the last is
-the string context. The preformatted
-context occurs when the spacing between words is kept. This is the
-case, for example, in <code>@display</code> or <code>@example</code> regions, and in
-menu comments (see section <a href="#SEC73">Menu formatting</a>). The preformatted regions are usually
-rendered in <code>&lt;pre&gt;</code> elements in <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
-The string context occurs when rendering strings without formatting elements,
-in comments or titles for example.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Commands-without-argument"></a>
-<a name="SEC49"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC48" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument </h2>
-
-<p>This includes the commands whose name is a nonletter character like <code>@@</code>,
-the commands with lettered characters and braces
-but whose braces should be empty, like <code>@TeX{}</code>, or some commands
-associated with accentted letters like <code>@AA{}</code>. If there happens to
-be something within the braces, it is put after the command, thus
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@TeX{something}
-</pre></td></tr></table><p>leads to the same than
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@TeX{} something
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>Each of these categories of commands have three associated hashes, one
-for normal
-context, the other for preformatted context and the last in strings. The
-keys of the hashes are the
-command names, the associated value is the text replacing the command.
-</p>
-<p>The hashes are:
-</p><table>
-<tr><td><p> command type </p></td><td><p> normal text </p></td><td><p> preformatted text </p></td><td><p> string
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td><p> one nonlettered character </p></td><td> <a name="IDX183"></a>
-<p><code>%simple_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX184"></a>
-<p><code>%simple_map_pre</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX185"></a>
-<p><code>%simple_map_texi</code>
-</p></td></tr>
-<tr><td><p> nothing in braces </p></td><td> <a name="IDX186"></a>
-<p><code>%things_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX187"></a>
-<p><code>%pre_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX188"></a>
-<p><code>%texi_map</code>
-</p></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>To change the <acronym>HTML</acronym> resulting from these constructs, just change the
-value. For example, if you want <code>&amp;shy;</code> to be outputted for <code>@-</code>
-in normal and preformatted context, write in your init file:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$simple_map{'-'} = '&amp;shy;';
-$simple_map_pre{'-'} = '&amp;shy;';
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Style-and-accent-commands"></a>
-<a name="SEC50"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC49" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC51" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands </h2>
-
-<p>The formatting of the <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by style and indicatric
-commands (<code>@tt</code>, <code>@code</code>,
-<code>@email</code>, <code>@titlefont</code>), the accentuation related
-commands taking argument (<code>@'</code>, <code>@udotaccent</code>, <code>@dotless</code>)
-and miscalleneous commands (<code>@email</code>, <code>@verb</code>, <code>@w</code>,
-<code>@uref</code>, <code>@math</code>, <code>@asis</code>) is controlled by two hash in the
-default case,
-<a name="IDX189"></a>
-<code>%style_map</code> for normal context, <a name="IDX190"></a>
-<code>%style_map_pre</code> for
-preformatted context and <a name="IDX191"></a>
-<code>%style_map_texi</code> in string context.
-</p>
-<p>The key of the hashes are the command names. There are two possibilities for
-the values corresponding with two interfaces. The values may be strings or
-hash references, and you can chose the interface depending on the one you
-prefer. The interface with hash reference is a bit more flexible but might also
-be regarded as more complex. If you don't like either of these interfaces you
-can define your own.
-</p>
-<p>Some remarks are in order:
-</p>
-<ul class="toc">
-<li>
-The nonlettered accent commands which following character is considered
-to be the argument (like in <code>@`a</code>) should be keys of the
-hash <a name="IDX192"></a>
-<code>%accent_map</code> hash, even if no value is associated.
-</li><li>
-<code>@math</code> is handled differently if LaTeX2HTML is used.
-</li></ul>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC53">7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Hash-reference-interface"></a>
-<a name="SEC51"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC52" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference </h3>
-
-<p>The key of the hashes are the command names. The value determine how the command argument
-is formatted. This value is a reference on a hash. In this hash each key
-corresponds with a type of information for the formatting, and the value is
-the corresponding information. For example, in
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$style_map{'command'} = { 'args' =&gt; ['code'], 'attribute' =&gt; 'code'};
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>the arguments for <code>@command</code> are interpreted as specified by
-the values associated with the <samp>`args'</samp> key while the attribute associated
-with that command is <samp>`code'</samp>.
-</p>
-<p>The following keys in the hashes associated with each command have the
-following meaning:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <samp>`args'</samp></dt>
-<dd><p><a name="Reference-hash-args"></a>
-The value associated is a reference on an array. Each element of the array
-defines how the arguments (separated by <samp>`,'</samp> in the texinfo code) for
-the @-command should be
-formatted. The possibilities are
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>normal</code></dt>
-<dd><p>for normal text,
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>code</code></dt>
-<dd><p>for text with <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`'''</samp> and <samp>```'</samp> kept as is,
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>keep</code></dt>
-<dd><p>if the texinfo should be kept as is, without interpretation of the @-commands.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>For example, we have
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$style_map{'email'}-&gt;{'args'} = ['code', 'normal'];
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>because <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`'''</samp> and <samp>```'</samp> should be kept as is in
-the first argument of <code>@email</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The default is <samp>`['normal']'</samp>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <samp>`attribute'</samp></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>If the associated value is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym>
-element name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
-and the element closing. For example, if the value is <code>elem</code>, the
-resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> is <code>&lt;elem&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
-</p>
-<p>If the text is a word followed by some text,
-the word and is interpreted as above, and the
-text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
-Thus <code>elem class=&quot;elem&quot;</code> leads to
-<code>&lt;elem class=&quot;elem&quot;&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
-</p>
-<p>This works only if there is only one argument.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <samp>`begin'</samp></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The associated value is added in front of the text.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <samp>`begin'</samp></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The associated value is added after the text.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <samp>`quotes'</samp></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>If the corresponding value is true, the result is
-enclosed in quotes <a name="IDX193"></a>
-<code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code> and
-<a name="IDX194"></a>
-<code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code>, with defaults
-<samp>``'</samp> and <samp>`''</samp>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt> <samp>`function'</samp> </dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The corresponding value should be a function reference. The corresponding
-function is called with the following arguments:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>$command</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The @-command name
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$args</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the arguments of the @-command.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$style_stack</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands containing
-the @-command being formatted.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$state</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
-of the @-command.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>$line_nr</code></dt>
-<dd><p>An opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the
-@-command. It can be used to call <code>main::echo_error</code> or
-<code>main::echo_warning</code> with first argument a message, and second argument
-<code>$line_nr</code>.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="String-interface"></a>
-<a name="SEC52"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC51" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC53" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string </h3>
-
-<p>The keys of the hashes are the command names. The value determine
-how the command argument
-is formatted. If the value begins with <samp>`&quot;'</samp>, the result is
-enclosed in quotes <a name="IDX195"></a>
-<code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code> and
-<a name="IDX196"></a>
-<code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code>, with defaults
-<samp>``'</samp> and <samp>`''</samp>.
-</p>
-<p>The command argument is allready formatted as <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
-The remaining of the value text
-(or the value text if there were no <samp>`&quot;'</samp>) is interpreted as follow:
-</p>
-<ul>
-<li>
-If the text is empty the argument of the command is left as is.
-</li><li>
-If the text is a <samp>`&amp;'</samp> followed by a name,
-like <samp>`&amp;function'</samp>, the name is considered to be a function name,
-and this function is called to format the argument of the command. The
-first argument of the function is the command name, the second is
-the command argument. For example, if the value associated with the
-(fictituous) command <code>@foo</code> is <code>&amp;my_func</code>
-and we have:
-
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">sub my_func
-{
- my @args = split /,\s*/ $_[1];
- return &quot;$_[0]: $args[0]&quot; if ($args[1] = 1);
- return &quot;$args[0]&quot;;
-}
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>The result of
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@foo{truc, 1}
-@foo{truc, bidule}
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>will be
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">foo: truc
-truc
-</pre></td></tr></table></li><li>
-If the text is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym> element
-name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
-and the element closing. For example, if the value is <code>elem</code>, the
-resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> is <code>&lt;elem&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
-Similarly <code>&quot;quoted</code> leads to
-<code>`&lt;quoted&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/quoted&gt;'</code>.
-</li><li>
-If the text is a word followed by some text,
-the word and is interpreted as above, and the
-text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
-Thus <code>elem class=&quot;elem&quot;</code> leads to
-<code>&lt;elem class=&quot;elem&quot;&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
-</li></ul>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Define-your-own-interface"></a>
-<a name="SEC53"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC52" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC54" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface </h3>
-
-<p>If you don't like this scheme, it is possible to change how those commands
-are processed by redefining the following function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $resulting_text <b>style</b><i> $style $command $text $args $no_close $no_open $line_nr $state $style_stack</i>
-<a name="IDX197"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$style</var> is the value associated with
-the <var>$command</var> in the <code>%style_map</code>, <code>%style_map_pre</code>
-or <code>%style_map_texi</code> hashes.
-The <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within the @-command braces.
-<var>args</var> is a reference on an array contening the command arguments
-formatted according to the same conventions than with the reference hash style
-(provided the value associated with the @-command is a hash reference with a
-<var>$arg</var> key as described in <a href="#Reference-hash-args">Reference hash args</a>).
-If <var>$text</var> is split in paragraphs each paragraph is passed through
-the function, and <var>$no_close</var> is true if it is not the last paragraph,
-while <var>$no_open</var> is true if it is not the first paragraph.
-<var>$line_nr</var>
-is an opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the
-@-command. It can be used to call <code>main::echo_error</code> or
-<code>main::echo_warning</code> with first argument a message, and second argument
-<code>$line_nr</code>.
-<var>$state</var>
-is a reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
-of the @-command.
-<var>$style_stack</var>
-is a reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands containing
-the @-command being formatted.
-</p>
-</dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Anchors-images-and-spaces"></a>
-<a name="SEC54"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC53" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC55" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.4 Formatting of special simple commands </h2>
-
-<p>The formatting of special simple commands is controlled by functions. To
-customize the output, the corresponding function references should be
-redefined. All these functions return a formatted text.
-</p>
-<p>The formatting of anchors is controlled by <a name="IDX198"></a>
-<code>$anchor</code>, but the function
-associated with the function reference does more, it is usefull
-to produce a reference target or link.
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $anchor <b>anchor</b><i> $identifier $href $text $attributes</i>
-<a name="IDX199"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>If <var>$identifier</var> is not empty, this value should be used to create
-a target for links (typically associated with a name or id
-attribute in <acronym>HTML</acronym>).
-The <var>$href</var> argument specifies a hpertextual reference which should be
-used to link to a target.
-In case both <var>$identifier</var> and <var>$href</var> are given the text produced
-should be both a target for <var>$identifier</var> and a link to <var>$href</var>.
-<var>$text</var> is the text to be displayed.
-<var>$attributes</var> are additional attributes.
-It should be reasonable to assume that the attributes are for a <code>&lt;a&gt;</code>
-<acronym>HTML</acronym> element.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The formatting of <code>@image</code> is controlled by:
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $image <b>image</b><i> $file_path $basename $preformatted $file_name</i>
-<a name="IDX200"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$file_path</var> is the image file name with the path, <var>$basename</var> is the
-alternate text or the file name without extension if no alternate text is
-given. <var>$preformatted</var> is true if the image
-appears in preformatted text. <var>$file_name</var> is the file name without path
-but with extension.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The formatting of <code>@sp</code> is controlled by:
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $sp <b>sp</b><i> $number $preformatted</i>
-<a name="IDX201"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$number</var> is the numeric argument of <code>@sp</code>.
-<var>$preformatted</var> is true if the <code>@sp</code> appears in preformatted text.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The formatting of <code>@acronym</code> and <code>@abbr</code> is controlled by:
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $acronym <b>acronym_like</b><i> $acronym_texi $acronym_text $with_explanation \@explanation_lines $explanation_text $explanation_simply_formatted</i>
-<a name="IDX202"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$acronym_texi</var> is the acronym argument with texinfo @-commands,
-<var>$acronym_text</var> is formatted.
-</p>
-<p>The other arguments are related with
-the explanation, the second arg of the acronym. <var>$with_explanation</var> is
-true if the second argument of the acronym command is present. If an
-explanation exists, coming from previous <code>@acronym</code> or as an arg of this
-command, the other args are defined: <var>\@explanation_lines</var> is a
-reference on an array containing the unformatted explanation lines,
-<var>$explanation_text</var> is the explanation text formatted,
-<var>$explanation_simply_formatted</var> is the explanation with a light formatting,
-unabling in <acronym>HTML</acronym> (or <acronym>XML</acronym>) the explanation to be in an
-attribute.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Text"></a>
-<a name="SEC55"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC54" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC56" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.5 Processing special characters in text </h2>
-
-<p>Some characters are processed especially in text: <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>,
-<samp>```'</samp> and <samp>`'''</samp>. This is done only if in normal text and not in
-some commands (<code>@code</code>, <code>@env</code>&hellip;). A function reference
-is called to process those characters in text
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $processed_text <b>normal_text</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX203"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The function processes <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>```'</samp> and <samp>`'''</samp>
-in <var>$text</var> and returns <var>$processed_text</var>. The default is to
-change <samp>`---'</samp> to <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp> to <samp>`-'</samp>, and <samp>```'</samp> and
-<samp>`'''</samp> to <samp>`&quot;'</samp>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>Some characters are special in <acronym>HTML</acronym> (<samp>`&amp;'</samp>, <samp>`&quot;'</samp>,
-<samp>`&lt;'</samp> and <samp>`&gt;'</samp>) and should be protected.
-This is done by the function associated with the function reference
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $protected_text <b>protect_text</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX204"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The function processes the unprotected text <var>$text</var> and returns
-the resulting protected text <var>$protected_text</var>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>Empty lines are processed by the following function reference, which could
-be usefull if empty lines are to be removed for example
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $resulting_text <b>empty_line</b><i> $empty_line</i>
-<a name="IDX205"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function processes an <var>$empty_line</var> and returns the resulting
-text <var>$resulting_text</var>. Empty lines are left as is by default.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Strings"></a>
-<a name="SEC56"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC55" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code> </h2>
-
-
-<p><code>texi2html</code> writes some strings in the generated document at
-various places, at the page footers, on the help page, for special
-section headings, buttons alt text and so on. These strings are
-customizable. The string chosen depends on the language of the
-document (set by <a name="IDX206"></a>
-<samp>`--lang'</samp>, <a name="IDX207"></a>
-<code>$LANG</code> or
-<code>@documentlanguage</code>). This is the basis for internationalization
-as it allows for strings translations.
-</p>
-<p>The strings are found in a hash reference, <a name="IDX208"></a>
-<code>$LANGUAGES</code>.
-Each key is a language code. The associated value is also a hash
-reference. The key is an english string and the associated value
-is the string replacing the english string, if present. For example,
-we have
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'fr'} = {
- ' Up ' =&gt; 'Plus haut',
-};
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>It means that whenever the string <samp>`&nbsp;Up&nbsp;'</samp> is to be written
-and the language is <samp>`fr'</samp>, <samp>`Plus haut'</samp> is written. It is possible
-to customize the english strings by redefining the <samp>`en'</samp> language hash.
-</p>
-<p>When a string contains a <samp>`%'</samp> followed by <samp>`{'</samp> <var>name</var> <samp>`}'</samp>
-it means that the string will be expanded by <code>texi2html</code>. For
-example, if we have
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'fr'} = {
- 'See %{node_file_href}' =&gt; 'Voir %{node_file_href}',
-};
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p><samp>`%{node_file_href}'</samp> will be expanded to an href for a node in a
-file by <code>texi2html</code> in the string. A <samp>`%%'</samp> will be expanded
-as <samp>`%'</samp>.
-</p>
-<p>For more on internationalization, see <a href="#SEC84">Internationalization</a>.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="References"></a>
-<a name="SEC57"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC56" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC58" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.7 References </h2>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC59">7.7.2 Reference to an internal node</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Reference-to-external-manual"></a>
-<a name="SEC58"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC59" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.7.1 Reference to external manual </h3>
-
-<p>The references are produced with two function references, one for the
-hypertextual reference construction, the other for the full reference to
-external manual.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $href <b>external_href</b><i> $node $node_identifier $xml_node_identifier $manual_file_name</i>
-<a name="IDX209"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$node</var> is the node name, with @-commands. <var>$node_identifer</var> is the
-node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as a file name.
-<var>$xml_node_identifier</var> is the
-node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as an <acronym>XML</acronym> identifier.
-Those identifiers are built as explained in <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-Xref">(texinfo)HTML Xref</a>,
-thus allowing for cross references to external manuals. <var>$file</var> is the
-manual or file name of the external reference. This function should return an
-href leading to the external manual.
-</p>
-<p>The default for this function is to make a reference compatible with
-<code>makeinfo</code> (see <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-Xref">(texinfo)HTML Xref</a>).
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>external_ref</b><i> $command $section $book $node_and_file $href $cross_ref_name</i>
-<a name="IDX210"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats a reference to an external texinfo manual.
-The <var>$command</var> is the ref command (<code>ref</code>, <code>xref</code> or
-<code>pxref</code>, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
-The optionnal <var>$section</var> argument is the section in the book and
- <var>book</var> is the book title.
-<var>$node_and_file</var> is the node and file name formatted according to the
-convention used in info: <samp>`(file)node'</samp>. <var>$href</var> it an hypertextual
-reference to the distant manual constructed using the above function.
-<var>$cross_ref_name</var> is an optionnal cross
-reference name appearing in the reference command. This function returns
-the text corresponding with the external html manual reference.
-This function returns the full formatted text of the external reference.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Internal-reference"></a>
-<a name="SEC59"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC58" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC60" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.7.2 Reference to an internal node </h3>
-
-<p>A function reference is available for internal references.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>internal_ref</b><i> $command $href $short_name $name $is_section</i>
-<a name="IDX211"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats a reference to a node in the current manual.
-The <var>$command</var> is the ref command (<code>ref</code>, <code>xref</code> or
-<code>pxref</code>, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
-<var>$href</var> it an hypertextual reference linking to the corresponding
-node or section. <var>$short_name</var> and <var>$name</var> hold the text for the
-reference but <var>$short_name</var> can be the node name which is assumed to
-be shorter than the section name.
-<var>$is_section</var> is a boolean true if the reference is a reference to a
-section. This function returns the full formatted text of the internal
-reference.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Alignement-commands"></a>
-<a name="SEC60"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC59" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text </h2>
-
-
-<p>When a command controlling the alignement of text is used (<code>@center</code>,
-<code>@flushleft</code> and <code>@flushright</code>), the main program takes
-care of opening and closing paragraphs. The alignement commands are the
-key of the <a name="IDX212"></a>
-<code>%paragraph_style</code> hash.
-The value is used in the function doing the formatting of the paragraphs.
-See section <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
-</p>
-<p>A function references allows for a customization of the formatting of the text
-appearing in the command block.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $result <b>paragraph_style_command</b><i> $command $text</i>
-<a name="IDX213"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the command name, <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within
-the command. This function returns a formatted text.
-The default is to return the text unmodified.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Paragraph-and-preformatted-region"></a>
-<a name="SEC61"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC60" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC62" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region </h2>
-
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Paragraph-and-preformatted-formatting"></a>
-<a name="SEC62"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC63" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting </h3>
-
-
-<p>The formatting of a paragraph region or a preformatted region, is controlled
-by function references:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $paragraph_text <b>paragraph</b><i> $text $alignement $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$paragraph_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
-<a name="IDX214"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats a paragraph. <var>$text</var> is the text of the paragraph,
-<var>$alignement</var> is the empty string when no alignement command has
-been seen, otherwise it is the current alignement command name.
-See section <a href="#SEC60">Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a>.
-</p>
-<p>The remaining arguments are usefull when the paragraph appears within a
-list or table. It is usefull whenever the paragraph has to be formatted
-differently when appearing in such environments.
-Moreover in that case the format command (<code>@itemize</code>&hellip;)
-may have
-an associated formatting command.
-<var>$formatting_command</var> is this formatting command
-(like <code>@minus</code>).
-<var>$formatting_command_formatted</var> is the command formatted in html
-in case the formatting command is a leading command (like <code>@minus</code>)
-which should be leading the first paragraph.
-<var>\$paragraph_number</var> is a reference on the number of
-paragraphs in that format command. The corresponding variable should be
-increased when a paragraph is added. <var>$format</var> is the format command.
-See section <a href="#SEC66">Formatting individual table and list items</a>.
-</p>
-<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of
-the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
-<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $preformatted_text <b>preformatted</b><i> $text $style $region_name $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$preformatted_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
-<a name="IDX215"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats a preformatted region. <var>$text</var> is the text of the
-preformatted region, <var>$style</var> is the css style associated with that
-preformatted region (See section <a href="#SEC34">Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a>). <var>$region_name</var> is the
-name of the command opening
-the preformatted region (<code>example</code>&hellip;, see <a href="#SEC64">Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a>)
-or a identifier for the preformatted context (for example
-<code>menu-comment</code>, see <a href="#SEC73">Menu formatting</a>).
-The alignment commands are not taken into account, as the spaces are
-preserved in preformatted regions, you should flush and center by hand.
-</p>
-<p>The remaining arguments are usefull when the preformatted region appears
-within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the preformatted region
-has to be formatted
-differently when appearing in such environments.
-Moreover in that case the format command (<code>@itemize</code>&hellip;)
-may have
-an associated formatting command.
-<var>$formatting_command</var> is this formatting command
-(like <code>@minus</code>).
-<var>$formatting_command_formatted</var> is the command formatted in html
-in case the formatting command is a leading command (like <code>@minus</code>)
-which should be leading the first preformatted region.
-<var>\$preformatted_number</var> is a reference on the number of
-preformatted regions in that format command. The corresponding variable
-should be increased when a preformatted region is added. <var>$format</var> is the
-format command.
-See section <a href="#SEC66">Formatting individual table and list items</a>.
-</p>
-<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of
-the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
-<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Avoiding-paragraphs"></a>
-<a name="SEC63"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC62" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC64" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats </h3>
-
-
-<p>It is possible to avoid that a format closes the previous paragraph or
-preformatted region and reopens one, by putting the format command in a
-hash, <a name="IDX216"></a>
-<code>%format_in_paragraph</code> with a true value.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Complex-formats"></a>
-<a name="SEC64"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC63" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;) </h2>
-
-
-<p>Here we see how a whole complex format is formatted. For the formatting
-of the text, see <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
-</p>
-<p>The formatting of the complex formats is ultimately controlled by a
-function, however the default for this function uses a hash reference and
-changing the hash reference values should be enough in most cases. This
-hash reference is called <a name="IDX217"></a>
-<code>$complex_format_map</code>. It has a key for each
-of the complex format commands (<code>example</code>, <code>smallexample</code>,
-<code>lisp</code>, <code>smalllisp</code>, <code>display</code>, <code>smalldisplay</code>,
-<code>format</code>, <code>smallformat</code>).
-</p>
-<p>The associated value is also a reference on a hash. The keys are <code>begin</code>
-and <code>end</code>. An eval of <code>begin</code> should lead to the beginning of the
-formatted <acronym>HTML</acronym>, an eval of <code>end</code> should lead to the end of the
-formatted <acronym>HTML</acronym>. The enclosed text will be formatted as described in
-<a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>, and the name of the complex
-format will be available to the function formatting the text.
-</p>
-<p>If you aren't satisfied with this scheme, you can redefine the following
-function reference for a better control over the complex format formatting:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $complex_format_text <b>complex_format</b><i> $format_name $preformatted_text</i>
-<a name="IDX218"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$format_name</var> is the complex format name, <var>$preformatted_text</var> is the
-text allready formatted as described in <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
-This function returns the whole complex format.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Lists-tables"></a>
-<a name="SEC65"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC64" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC66" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables </h2>
-
-<p>The formatting of lists and tables is done at two levels:
-</p><ul class="toc">
-<li>
-At the level of the whole region (table or list),
-</li><li>
-At the level of the individual items, rows or cells of the list or table.
-</li></ul>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Table-and-list-items"></a>
-<a name="SEC66"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC67" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items </h3>
-
-<p>In texinfo it is possible to give <code>@itemize</code> or table command (hereafter
-called a <em>format command</em>) a <em>formatting command</em>.
-For example <code>@minus</code> is the formatting command here:
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@table @minus
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>The default is to apply the command to the text item, however it is possible
-to avoid it.
-The hash <a name="IDX219"></a>
-<code>%special_list_commands</code> has an entry for each of the
-format command. Each of these entries is a hash reference. If a formatting
-command is a key of the hash reference, then the formatting command is not
-applied to the text item for that format command. For example, if we have:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$special_list_commands{'itemize'} = { 'bullet' =&gt; '' };
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>and we have the following <code>@itemize</code>:
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@itemize @bullet
-@item an item
-@end itemize
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>then <code>@bullet</code> will not be applied to <code>an item</code>.
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <em>lists</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The items of lists are formatted using the following function reference:
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $list_item <b>list_item</b><i> $text $format $command $formatted_command $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
-<a name="IDX220"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats the text between <code>@item</code> commands. <var>$text</var>
-is the text corresponding with the item. <var>$format</var> is the type of format,
-<samp>`itemize'</samp> or <samp>`enumerate'</samp>. <var>$command</var> is the formatting command
-given in argument to <code>@itemize</code>, <var>$formatted_command</var> is this command
-formatted if it is a leading command, like <code>@minus</code>.
-</p>
-<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of
-the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
-<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <em>two column tables</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The two columns tables (<code>@table</code>, <code>@ftable</code> and <code>@vtable</code>),
-items are formatted using two function references,
-one for the first line located on the <code>@item</code> line corresponding
-with the first column, the other for the text appearing on the
-following lines, corresponding with the second column text.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $table_item <b>table_item</b><i> $item_text $index_label_text $format $command $formatted_command</i>
-<a name="IDX221"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function is used to format the text on the <code>@item</code> line.
-<var>$text_item</var> is the text line. In case there is an index entry
-associated with the <code>@item</code> (as with <code>@ftable</code> and
-<code>@vtable</code>), <var>$index_label_text</var> is the text inserted at
-the place where an index entry appears. See section <a href="#SEC77">Formatting of index entries</a>.
-<var>$format</var> is the type of format,
-<samp>`table'</samp>, <samp>`ftable'</samp> or <samp>`vtable'</samp>. <var>$command</var> is the formatting command
-given in argument to the table format command, <var>$formatted_command</var> is
-this command formatted if it is a leading command, like <code>@minus</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $table_line <b>table_line</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX222"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function is used to format the text on the lines following
-the <code>@item</code> line. <var>$text</var> is the corresponding text.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <em>multitable</em></dt>
-<dd><p>The multitable elements formatting is controlled by the functions associated
-with two function references. One for a cell, and the other for a row.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $multitable_cell <b>cell</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX223"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function is used to format the text of a multitable cell, the text
-following a <code>@item</code> or a <code>@tab</code>.
-<var>$text</var> is the corresponding text.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $multitable_row <b>row</b><i> $text $item_command</i>
-<a name="IDX224"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function is used to format a multitable row. <var>$text</var> is
-the row text, with cells allready formatted with the <a name="IDX225"></a>
-<code>$cell</code>
-function reference. <var>$item_command</var> is the command used to introduce
-the row, such that it is possible to distinguish between <code>@item</code> and
-<code>@headitem</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Whole-table-list"></a>
-<a name="SEC67"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC66" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list </h3>
-
-<p>If the Texinfo command is a key of the <a name="IDX226"></a>
-<code>%format_map</code>, the associated
-value is used to specify the formatting of the construct, otherwise a function
-is called.
-The value in <code>%format_map</code> associated with a command is interpreted
-similarly with values associated with more simpler commands:
-</p>
-<ul class="toc">
-<li>
-If the text is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym> element
-name, and the whole table or list is enclosed between the element opening
-and the element closing.
-</li><li>
-If the text is a word followed by some text,
-the word and is interpreted as above, and the
-text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
-</li><li>
-If the text is empty nothing is added to the text.
-</li></ul>
-
-<p>In case the <code>%format_map</code> isn't used, a function reference called
-<code>$table_list</code>
-should be redefined, the associated function will be called each time
-a command isn't found in <code>%format_map</code>.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $whole_table_list <b>table_list</b><i> $command $text</i>
-<a name="IDX227"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the Texinfo command name, <var>$text</var> is the formatted
-items.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>If you still want to use <a name="IDX228"></a>
-<code>%format_map</code> but differently from
-the default, it is possible to redefine the following function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $whole_table_list <b>format</b><i> $command $format $text</i>
-<a name="IDX229"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$format</var> is the entry associated with
-<var>$command</var> in <code>%format_map</code>. <var>$text</var> is the formatted items.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Definitions"></a>
-<a name="SEC68"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC67" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC69" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.12 Definition commands formatting </h2>
-
-<p>The formatting of definition commands is controlled by a hash and four
-functions. The hash describes how the text on the definition line is
-interpreted, the functions control the formatting of the definition line
-and the definition function text.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Definition-line"></a>
-<a name="SEC69"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC70" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line </h3>
-
-<p>The keys of the hash <a name="IDX230"></a>
-<code>%def_map</code> are definition command names.
-There are two types of entries:
-</p>
-<ul class="toc">
-<li> If the command is a shortcut for
-another definition command the value is a text and the definition
-command is replaced by the text.
-
-<p>For example if we have:
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$def_map{'deftruc'} = '@defvr {A truc}';
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>and a line like
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@deftruc var
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>the line will be transformed in
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@defvr {A truc} var
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-</li><li>
-If the command isn't a shortcut, it is associated with an array
-reference. The first element is <samp>`f'</samp>, <samp>`v'</samp> or <samp>`t'</samp> corresponding
-with the index type (<samp>`f'</samp> for function, <samp>`v'</samp> for variable,
-<samp>`t'</samp> for type).
-
-<p>The remaining of the array describes how to interpret the text following
-the definition command on the definition command line.
-The entry item specify what corresponds
-with the next bracketed item or word. Currently the possibilities are
-<samp>`category'</samp>, <samp>`name'</samp>, <samp>`type'</samp>, <samp>`class'</samp> and <samp>`arg'</samp>.
-</p>
-<p>For example if we have
-</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">def_map{'defvr'} = [ 'v', 'category', 'name' ];
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>The first bracketed item following <code>@defvr</code> is considered
-to be the category and the next one is the name. The index associated
-with the definition line is the variables index.
-</p></li></ul>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Definition-formatting"></a>
-<a name="SEC70"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC69" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC71" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting </h3>
-
-<p>Four functions are used when formatting a definition command:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> category name</dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $category <b>definition_category</b><i> $category_or_name $class $style</i>
-<a name="IDX231"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function precise a category or an index entry name associating a class
-<var>$class</var> (if given) with <var>$category_or_name</var>. The <var>$style</var> of the
-definition may be <samp>`f'</samp>, for function, <samp>`v'</samp>, for variable or <samp>`t'</samp>,
-for type.
-</p></dd></dl>
-</dd>
-<dt> formatting of the definition line</dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $line <b>def_line</b><i> $category $name $type $arguments $index_label</i>
-<a name="IDX232"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats the definition line. <var>$category</var> is the category
-formatted with <a name="IDX233"></a>
-<code>$definition_category</code>, <var>$name</var>, <var>$type</var> and
-<var>arguments</var> are the element of the definition line. <var>$index_label</var> is
-the text inserted at the place where an index entry appears.
-See section <a href="#SEC77">Formatting of index entries</a>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> definition text</dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $definition_text <b>def_item</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX234"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats the definition text, <var>$text</var>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> the whole definition</dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $definition <b>def</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX235"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats the whole definition. The definition line and text
-formatted by the above functions are in <var>$text</var>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Headings"></a>
-<a name="SEC71"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC70" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC72" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.13 Customizing headings formatting </h2>
-
-<p>A function controls the formatting of sectioning element headings,
-with the corresponding function reference:
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $heading_text <b>heading</b><i> \%element_reference</i>
-<a name="IDX236"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>The <var>\%element_reference</var> is a reference on a hash corresponding
-with the sectioning element. The following keys are of interest:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The heading text
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The heading text without section number
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>node</code></dt>
-<dd><p>true if the sectioning element is a node without associated structuring command
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>level</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The level of the element in the document tree. <samp>`0'</samp> is for <code>@top</code>,
-<samp>`1'</samp> for <code>@chapter</code> and so on
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>tag_level</code></dt>
-<dd><p>the sectioning element name, with <code>@raisesections</code> and
-<code>@lowersections</code> taken into account
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-</dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Special-regions"></a>
-<a name="SEC72"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC71" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>) </h2>
-
-<p>Regions corresponding with raw text, like <code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@html</code>
-or <code>@tex</code> are formatted according to the following function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $raw_region <b>raw</b><i> $command $text</i>
-<a name="IDX237"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the command name, <var>$text</var> is the raw text.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>If LaTeX2HTML is used, <code>@tex</code> regions are handled differently,
-from within the main program.
-</p>
-<p>The <code>@cartouche</code> command formatting is controlled by the
-function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $cartouche <b>cartouche</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX238"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$text</var> is the text appearing within the cartouche.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The formatting of <code>@quotation</code> is controlled by two function references.
-The first one is usefull in case the <code>@quotation</code> has an argument, as
-it allows to prepend a string to the quotation text:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $prepended_string <b>quotation_prepend_text</b><i> $style $text</i>
-<a name="IDX239"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$style</var> is the first argument of the <code>@quotation</code> if there are
-two arguments. <var>$text</var> is the second argument or the first if there is
-one argument. There are still @-commands in these strings. This function
-can return a string which will be prepended to the quotation text.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The whole quotation is formatted by:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $quotation <b>quotation</b><i> $quotation_text $argument_text $argument_style_texi $argument_style_id</i>
-<a name="IDX240"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$quotation_text</var> is the quotation text, formatted, with the text
-prepended by the function above. <var>$argument_text</var> is the second argument
-of the <code>@quotation</code> or the first if there is one argument, formatted.
-The other arguments are defiend if there are two arguments for the
-<code>@quotation</code>, <var>$argument_style_texi</var> is this argument, with
-@-commands, and <var>$argument_style_id</var> is this argument transformed in
-an identifier which can be used as an <acronym>XML</acronym> identifier.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Menus"></a>
-<a name="SEC73"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC72" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC74" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.15 Menu formatting </h2>
-
-<p>To understand how the formatting of menus is controlled, the different
-parts of a menu are first described, then how to control the formatting
-of each of these parts.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC74">7.15.1 The structure of a menu</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> A menu consists in menu entry and menu
- comments
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Menu-parts"></a>
-<a name="SEC74"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC75" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.15.1 The structure of a menu </h3>
-
-<p>In <code>texi2html</code>, a menu is considered to be composed of 2 parts, the
-<em>menu entries</em> and the <em>menu comments</em>. Menu entries are further
-divided in an <em>entry link</em> and optionnaly an <em>entry description</em>.
-The entry link consists in a node name and an optionnal menu entry
-name.
-</p>
-<p>A menu entry begins with <samp>`*'</samp> at the beginning of the line. It begins
-with the entry link, followed by the description. The description spans until
-the next menu entry, or some text begining at the first character of a line
-or an empty line, not contained within a command block which begun in the
-description. An empty line or a line with text at the first character
-starts a menu comment, which spans until the next menu entry.
-</p>
-<p>Here is an illustration of these rules:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@menu
-* node name: entry name. description begins
- description continues
-* another menu entry::
- description begins
- description continues
-
- A menu comment, after an empty line
-
-* node:: description begins
-A menu comment. The line starts at the first character
-
-* last entry:: description begins <em>text
-of the description, even if the line begins at the first character,
-because we are in @emph</em>.
-@end menu
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Menu-formatting"></a>
-<a name="SEC75"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC74" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components </h3>
-
-<p>In the default case, the name of the section corresponding with the
-node is used instead of the node name. If <a name="IDX241"></a>
-<code>$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU</code> is
-true, however, node names are used. If <a name="IDX242"></a>
-<code>$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY</code>
-is true and menu entry equal menu description the description isn't printed.
-This is the default. Likewise, if node or section name equal entry name,
-do not print entry name.
-</p>
-<p>A symbol, <a name="IDX243"></a>
-<code>$MENU_SYMBOL</code> is put at the beginning of menu entries
-when the node name is used. The default is <samp>`&amp;bull;'</samp>.
-If <a name="IDX244"></a>
-<code>$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU</code> is true it is
-also put at the beginning of unnumbered section names. This is not
-done by default.
-</p>
-<p>The menu comments are considered to be preformatted text. The style
-associated with this preformatted text is determined by
-<a name="IDX245"></a>
-<code>$MENU_PRE_STYLE</code>. Default is <samp>`font-family: serif'</samp>.
-The css class associated with menu comments is <code>menu-comments</code>.
-</p>
-<p>Three function references are associated with the formatting of the
-different parts of a menu:
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $link <b>menu_link</b><i> $section \%state $href $node $name $ending</i>
-<a name="IDX246"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$section</var> is the section name corresponding with the link, <var>$href</var>
-is the link hypertextual reference. <var>$href</var> may be absent. <var>\%state</var>
-holds informations about the current context. The only key which could be
-of interest is <code>preformatted</code>, true if the context is a preformatted
-context. See section <a href="#SEC48">Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a>.
-<var>$node</var> is the node name, <var>$name</var> is the
-name of the node, and <var>$ending</var> is the text ending the link entry.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $description <b>menu_description</b><i> $description_text \%state</i>
-<a name="IDX247"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$description_text</var> is the text of the menu description. <var>\%state</var>
-should be used similarly than for the menu link.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $menu_comment <b>menu_comment</b><i> $text</i>
-<a name="IDX248"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$text</var> is the text of the menu comment. It is in a preformatted
-environment.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The following function reference controls the formatting of a wole menu:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $menu <b>menu</b><i> $menu_components_text</i>
-<a name="IDX249"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$menu_components_text</var> is the formatted menu components text, obtained
-as explained above.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The last function reference corresponds with a special case. It
-is used when a menu entry appears within another block command, to
-avoid the possibilities of invalid <acronym>HTML</acronym> production.
-In that case the menu description and menu comments are not formatted
-specially, but treated like normal text.
-</p><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $link <b>simple_menu_link</b><i> $link_text $href $node $name $ending</i>
-<a name="IDX250"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$link_text</var> is the text corresponding with the link name, <var>$href</var>
-is the link hypertextual reference.
-<var>$node</var> is the node name, <var>$name</var> is the
-name of the node, and <var>$ending</var> is the text ending the link entry.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Indices"></a>
-<a name="SEC76"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC75" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC77" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.16 Indices formatting </h2>
-
-<p>Two different things needs to be handled for indices formatting, the place
-where the index term appears, the index entry, and the index list itself.
-The indexing commands like <code>@cindex</code> determines where index entries
-appear, and the index list is printed with a <code>@printindex</code> command.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC77">7.16.1 Formatting of index entries</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Index entries in the main document are
- targets for hypertext references
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing the formatting of the index list
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Index-entry-place"></a>
-<a name="SEC77"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC78" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.16.1 Formatting of index entries </h3>
-
-<p>Index entry places in the main text may be the target for hypertext
-references. Their formatting
-is controlled by the function associated with the following function
-reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $target <b>index_entry_label</b><i> $identifier $preformatted</i>
-<a name="IDX251"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$identifier</var> should be used to create
-a target for links (typically associated with a name or id
-attribute in <acronym>HTML</acronym>).
-<var>$preformatted</var> is true if the index entry appeared in preformatted text.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Index-list"></a>
-<a name="SEC78"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC77" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists </h3>
-
-<p>The index entries are sorted alphabetically. A whole index list is
-considered to be composed of letter entries. A letter entry is composed
-by all the index entries beginning with that letter. A letter may
-be a non alphabetical character, but we call it letter here.
-</p>
-<p>An index summary appears at the beginning and at the end of an index list,
-and should be used to jump directly to a letter entry. Indices lists
-may be split across pages, thus the different letters may appear on different
-files. The number of index entries appearing on each page is determined
-by a variable <a name="IDX252"></a>
-<code>$SPLIT_INDEX</code> if set. The default is to split
-indices after 100 entries.
-</p>
-<p>The formatting of all these elements is controlled by the following
-function references:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <em>formatting of a letter in a summary</em></dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $letter <b>summary_letter</b><i> $letter $file $identifier</i>
-<a name="IDX253"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function is used to format a letter appearing in a summary, refering
-to a letter entry in the index list.
-<var>$letter</var> is the letter. <var>$file</var> is the file name where the letter
-entry appears. More precisely, it is empty when the letter entry is on the
-same page than the summary, it contains the file name when the index page
-is split accross page. <var>$identifier</var> is an identifier for the target
-letter entry.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <em>formatting of a summary</em></dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $summary <b>index_summary</b><i> \@alphabetical_letters \@nonalphabetical_letters</i>
-<a name="IDX254"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>\@alphabetical_letters</var> and <var>\@nonalphabetical_letters</var> contain the
-formatted summary letters, formatted with the above function.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <em>formatting of an index entry</em></dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $entry <b>index_entry</b><i> $entry_href $entry_text $section_href $section_heading</i>
-<a name="IDX255"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$entry_href</var> is a reference to the place where the index entry
-appeared, <var>$entry_text</var> is the corresponding text. <var>$section_href</var>
-is a reference to the beginning of the sectioning element containing
-the index entry, <var>$section_heading</var> is the heading of the element.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <em>formatting of letter entry</em></dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $letter_entry <b>index_letter</b><i> $letter $identifier $index_entries_text</i>
-<a name="IDX256"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats a letter entry, consisting in all the index entries
-beginning with this letter. <var>$letter</var> is the letter, <var>$identifier</var>
-should be used to create a target for links (typically links from summaries),
-and <var>$index_entries_text</var> is the text of the index entries formatted as
-described above.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <em>formatting of whole index</em></dt>
-<dd><dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $index <b>print_index</b><i> $index_text $index_name</i>
-<a name="IDX257"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$index_text</var> is the text of all the index entries grouped by letter
-appearing in that page formatted as above. <var>index_name</var> is the name of
-the index, the argument of <code>@printindex</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Floats-and-lists-of-floats"></a>
-<a name="SEC79"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC78" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC80" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.17 Floats and lists of floats </h2>
-
-<p>Floats appear in the <code>@float</code> environment, optionaly with a style
-and a label, and with optionnal <code>@caption</code> and <code>@shortcaption</code>.
-Their list appear after a <code>@listoffloats</code>.
-</p>
-<p>A hash reference is associated with each float, it is available in some
-formatting functions. The keys are:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>caption_texi</code></dt>
-<dt> <code>shortcaption_texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the caption or shortcaption lines,
-unformatted.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>style_texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The style with texi @-commands.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>style_id</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The unique identifier associated with the style.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>nr</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The number with the same conventions than makeinfo (use the chapter number a
-dot and then the number of the float of that style in the chapter, or an
-absolute number if in unnumbered).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>chapter_nr</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The number of the chapter containing the float.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>nr_in_chapter</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The number of the float in the chapter.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>absolut_nr</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The number of the float in the document.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The label with @-commands.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>id</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The unique identifier associated with the label. Usefull to make an anchor
-or a reference.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>element</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A reference on a structure representing the element the float appear in.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC80">7.17.1 Formatting a float</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Formatting of floats
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC81">7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Formatting the lists of floats
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Floats"></a>
-<a name="SEC80"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC81" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.17.1 Formatting a float </h3>
-
-<p>First there is an occasion to construct a texinfo text for the caption, using
-the caption texinfo lines and the informations in the float structure.
-The returned lines will be formatted in the main program. A function reference
-is used here:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> (\@caption_lines_returned, \@shortcaption_lines_returned) <b>caption_shortcaption</b><i> \%float \@caption_lines \@shortcaption_lines</i>
-<a name="IDX258"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>\%float</var> is the structure defined above. <var>\@caption_lines</var> and
-<var>\@shortcaption_lines</var> are references on arrays containing the
-texinfo lines for caption and short caption. <var>\@caption_lines_returned</var>
-and <var>\@shortcaption_lines_returned</var> are references on an array
-containing the texinfo lines for the caption and shortcaption.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>Then the float is formatted with the following function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>float</b><i> $float_text \%float $caption_text $shortcaption_text</i>
-<a name="IDX259"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$float_text</var> is the text appearing within the <code>@float</code>, formatted.
-<var>\%float</var> is still the structure defined above. <var>$caption_text</var> and
-<var>$shortcaption_text</var> are the caption and short caption build with the
-above function and formatted.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Lists-of-floats"></a>
-<a name="SEC81"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC80" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC82" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h3 class="subsection"> 7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats </h3>
-
-<p>A list of floats is introduced by <code>@listoffloats</code>. The argument of
-<code>@listoffloats</code> is the <em>style</em>. First the style texinfo can be
-modified with the following function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $style_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_style</b><i> $style_texi</i>
-<a name="IDX260"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the <code>@listoffloats</code> argument with texinfo
-@-commands kept. It is possible to make changes to the <var>$style_texi</var> and
-return a modified string, still with @-commands. The modified string
-is formatted in the main program.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>After that, for each of the floats with that style, first there is a
-possibility to modify the float style and the float caption before they
-are formatted in the main program, with the following function references:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $float_style_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_float_style</b><i> $style_texi \%float</i>
-<a name="IDX261"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style, and <var>\%float</var> is the structure described
-above. This function reference returns a style to be formatted in the
-main program.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $caption_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_caption</b><i> \%float</i>
-<a name="IDX262"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>\%float</var> is the structure described
-above. This function reference returns a caption to be formatted in the
-main program.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>Each entry is formatted by:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $listoffloats_entry <b>listoffloats_entry</b><i> $style_texi \%float $float_style $caption $href</i>
-<a name="IDX263"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style with @-commands, <var>$float_style</var> is the
-style returned by the above function and formatted. <var>$caption</var> is the
-caption returned by the above function formatted. <var>\%float</var> is the
-structure corresponding with the float, and <var>$href</var> is an href pointing to
-the float location.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>Lastly, the whole <code>@listoffloats</code> is formatted by:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $listoffloats <b>listoffloats</b><i> $style_texi $style \@listoffloats_entries</i>
-<a name="IDX264"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style with @-commands, <var>$style</var> is the
-style returned by the above function and formatted. The array reference
-<var>\@listoffloats_entries</var> holds the entries formatted by the above
-function.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Footnotes"></a>
-<a name="SEC82"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC81" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC83" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting </h2>
-
-<p>Each footnote is associated with a footnote entry. Several footnote entries
-are grouped in a footnote section. When a footnote appears, two things must
-be formatted: in the main text the place where the footnote appear
-and the footnote text.
-</p>
-<p>Two functions, with corresponding function references control the formatting
-of the footnotes:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> (\@lines $text_for_document) <b>foot_line_and_ref</b><i> $number_in_doc $number_in_page $footnote_id $place_id $document_file $footnote_file \@lines \%state</i>
-<a name="IDX265"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$number_in_doc</var> is the footnote number in the whole document,
-<var>$number_in_page</var> is the footnote number in the current page.
-<var>$footnote_id</var> is an identifier for the footnote in the footnote text
-which should be used to make target for references to that footnote,
-while <var>$place_id</var> is an identifier for the location of the footnote
-in the main document. Similarly, <var>$document_file</var> is the file name
-of the file containing the text where the footnote appears in the main
-document, while <var>$footnote_file</var> is the file name of the file where
-the footnote text appears.
-</p>
-<p><var>\@lines</var> is a reference on an array containing the footnote text
-lines, allready formatted.
-And <var>\%state</var> holds informations about the context at the footnote
-place in the main document. As usual the most usefull entry is
-<code>preformatted</code> which is true if the footnote appears in a preformatted
-context.
-</p>
-<p>This function returns a reference on an array, <var>\@lines</var> containing
-the updated footnote text for the footnote entry, and <var>$text_for_document</var>,
-the text appearing at the footnote place in the main document, linking
-to the footnote entry.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>The following function is only used when footnotes are at the bottom
-of a page and the document is split.
-For customization of the footnotes page in case they are on a separated
-page or section, <a href="#SEC44">Customizing the layout of the special pages</a>. For
-the determination of the footnote locations, <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>.
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>foot_section</b><i> \@footnotes_lines</i>
-<a name="IDX266"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p>This function formats a group of footnotes. <var>\@footnotes_lines</var> is a
-reference on an array holding the lines of all the footnote entries
-formatted as explained above. This function modifies the reference.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Other-and-unknown-commands"></a>
-<a name="SEC83"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC82" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="section"> 7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands </h2>
-
-
-
-<p>Many commands without braces are available in texinfo, sometimes with
-a specific syntax. For example we have <code>@sp</code>, <code>@noindent</code>,
-<code>@documentlanguage</code>, <code>@oddheading</code>, <code>@headings</code>,
-<code>@shortcontents</code>, <code>@shorttitlepage</code> or <code>@comment</code>.
-<code>texi2html</code> interprets
-some of these commands and some functions or variables are used for
-their formatting or to access their information.
-In the default case, however, most of these constructs are ignored.
-</p>
-<p>It is possible to change how the things following these commands
-on the line are handled, what is considered to be an arg for those
-commands and it is also possible to keep them instead of discarding
-them such that it is possible to handle them specially, with the
-same function than the one used for unknown commands.
-</p>
-<p>Those special commands without braces are the key of a hash:
-<a name="IDX267"></a>
-<code>%misc_command</code>. The associated value is a reference on a
-hash enabling to set the properties of these commands. The
-keys of this hash reference is the name of a property, the value
-is the value of the property. For example here we have <code>line</code>
-for the <code>arg</code> property for the <code>command</code> @-command.
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$misc_command{'command'} = {'arg' =&gt; 'line', 'skip' =&gt; 'space'};
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>The properties and possible values are:
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>skip</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This property enables to set what is skipped after the command arguments.
-Here are the possible values:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt> <code>line</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The remaining of the line is skipped.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>space</code> </dt>
-<dd><p>Spaces are skipped but not newline.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>whitespace</code> </dt>
-<dd><p>Spaces are skipped
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>linewhitespace</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Spaces are skipped if there are only spaces remaining on the line.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>linespace</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Spaces are skipped, but not newline if
-there are only spaces remaining on the line
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-</dd>
-<dt> <code>arg</code></dt>
-<dd><p>If the associated value is <code>line</code> the line is considered to be the
-argument. If it is a number it is the number of args (separated by spaces).
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
-<dd><p>If true the arguments are considered to real texinfo, therefore
- <code>@value</code> and <code>@macro</code> are expanded.
-</p></dd>
-<dt> <code>keep</code></dt>
-<dd><p>If true the args and the macro are kept, otherwise they are discarded.
-The defaut is to have <code>keep</code> undef for all the commands.
-If <code>keep</code> is true for <code>@verbatiminclude</code> the default
-action for this macro isn't done.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-
-<p>Commands which don't appear in the hashes
-<a name="IDX268"></a>
-<code>%simple_map</code>, <a name="IDX269"></a>
-<code>%simple_map_pre</code>,
-<a name="IDX270"></a>
-<code>%simple_map_texi</code> and <code>%misc_command</code>, or that appear in
-<code>%misc_command</code> but with <code>keep</code> true are processed by the
-following function reference:
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message) <b>unknown</b><i> $command $line</i>
-<a name="IDX271"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$line</var> is the line following the
-<var>$command</var>. <var>$result</var> is a boolean. If it is true then the other return
-values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
-used. In case <var>$result</var> is true, <var>$result_line</var> is the new line
-to be processed further, <var>$result_text</var> is the resulting formatted text
-and <var>$message</var>, if defined is a message outputted to the output
-with line number added by <code>texi2html</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-<p>Commands with braces not specified above
-nor in <a name="IDX272"></a>
-<code>%style_map</code>, <a name="IDX273"></a>
-<code>%style_map_pre</code> and
-<a name="IDX274"></a>
-<code>%style_map_texi</code> are processed
-by the following function reference
-</p>
-<dl>
-<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($result, $result_text, $message) <b>unknown_style</b><i> $command $text</i>
-<a name="IDX275"></a>
-</dt>
-<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within
-the braces (allready formatted). <var>$result</var> is a boolean. If it is true then
-the other return
-values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
-used. In case <var>$result</var> is true, <var>$result_text</var> is the resulting
-formatted text
-and <var>$message</var>, if defined is a message outputted to the output
-with line number added by <code>texi2html</code>.
-</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Internationalization"></a>
-<a name="SEC84"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC83" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC85" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="appendix"> A. Internationalization </h1>
-
-<p>The strings written in the document are selected based on the
-document language. This can be used to customize the strings,
-as described in <a href="#SEC56">Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a>. This also enables translation of the
-strings.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Translating-strings"></a>
-<a name="SEC85"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC86" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="appendixsec"> A.1 Translating strings </h2>
-
-
-<p>If the language is allready supported, then there will be a file
-in the <tt>`i18n'</tt> directory with name the two-letter
-ISO-639 language code. In that case you can enhance the translations by
-editing this file. There is a <code>$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'<var>language</var>'}</code>
-hash in that file. The keys are the english strings, in <code>''</code>, the
-values (in <code>''</code> after <code>=&gt;</code>) are the translations.
-When a string contains a <samp>`%'</samp> followed by <samp>`{'</samp> <var>name</var> <samp>`}'</samp>
-it means that the string will be expanded by <code>texi2html</code>. For
-an example, see <a href="#SEC56">Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a>.
-</p>
-<p>After that you should run the command <code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in
-the top directory, it should merge your file with the existing files in
-<tt>`translations.pl'</tt>, which is incorporated to the <tt>`texi2html'</tt> script
-by <code>./configure</code>.
-</p>
-<p>If the language isn't currently supported, copy the <tt>`en'</tt> file in
-<tt>`i18n'</tt> to a file with name the two-letter ISO-639
-language code of your language
- and then add your translations to the strings. You could also add your
-two-letter language code in the <tt>`manage_i18n.pl'</tt> file in the
-<code>@known_languages</code> array.
-</p>
-<p>After that you should similarly run the command
-<code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in
-the top directory.
-</p>
-<p>Obsoleted strings are not removed from the files, they are still present
-in the <code>$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS-&gt;{'<var>language</var>'}</code> hash in case
-the string is reused later.
-</p>
-<p>If you made change to strings specified in installed files
-(see section <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>)
-you will have to reinstall them otherwise the installated files will
-take precedence (see section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>).
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Adding-new-strings"></a>
-<a name="SEC86"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC85" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h2 class="appendixsec"> A.2 Adding new strings written to document </h2>
-
-
-<p>If you need to write strings, for example the new string <var>a string</var>
-to the resulting document, call <code>&amp;$I('a string')</code>. Use simple quotes.
-If you want to substitute a value in the string put
-<code>%{<var>string_value</var>}</code>, in the string, and give a second argument
-to <code>&amp;$I</code>, a hash reference with key <var>string_value</var> and value
-the what you want to substitute.
-Here is an example:
-</p>
-<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">return &amp;$I('%{name} of %{class}', { 'name' =&gt; $name, 'class' =&gt; $class });
-</pre></td></tr></table>
-<p>In that case <code>%{name}</code> is substituted by <code>$name</code> in the translated
-string.
-</p>
-<p>After that you should run the command <code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in the top
-directory, it should add your new strings to all the files in the <tt>`i18n'</tt>
-directory.
-</p>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Indexop"></a>
-<a name="SEC87"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC86" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="appendix"> B. Command Line Option Index </h1>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC87_0" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_1" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_2" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_3" class="summary-letter"><b>H</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_4" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_5" class="summary-letter"><b>L</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_6" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_7" class="summary-letter"><b>N</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_8" class="summary-letter"><b>O</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_9" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-</td></tr></table>
-<table border="0" class="index-op">
-<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_0">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX49">css-include=<var>file</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_1">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX53">def-table</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX42">doctype=<var>DTD</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX30">D<var>var</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_2">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX36">frames</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX44">frameset-doctype</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX43">frameset-doctype=<var>DTD</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_3">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX51">html-xref-prefix=<var>path</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_4">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX34">I<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX23">if&lt;region&gt;</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX121">include-css</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX69">init-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX70">init-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX47">iso</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_5">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX61">l2h</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX66">l2h-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX62">l2h-l2h=<var>program</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX64">l2h-tmp</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX72">lang</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX206">lang</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX28">lang=<var>lang</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_6">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX3">menu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_7">N</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX24">no-if&lt;region&gt;</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX21">node-files</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX2">nomenu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX26">nomenu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX38">nosec-nav</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX57">number</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_8">O</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX10">output</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX12">output</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_9">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX32">P<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX1">pkgdatadir=<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX67">pkgdatadir=dir</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX13">prefix</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_10">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX40">separated-footnotes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX15">short-ext</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX55">short-ref</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX4">split</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX68">sysconfdir=dir</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_11">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX19">toc-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX59">toc-links</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX17">top-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC87_12">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX6">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX8">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX9">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX31">U<var>var</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-</table>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC87_0" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_1" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_2" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_3" class="summary-letter"><b>H</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_4" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_5" class="summary-letter"><b>L</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_6" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_7" class="summary-letter"><b>N</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_8" class="summary-letter"><b>O</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_9" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC87_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-</td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Indexvr"></a>
-<a name="SEC88"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC89" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC89" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="appendix"> C. Variable Index </h1>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC88_0" class="summary-letter"><b>$</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC88_1" class="summary-letter"><b>%</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC88_2" class="summary-letter"><b>@</b></a>
-</td></tr></table>
-<table border="0" class="index-vr">
-<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC88_0">$</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX123"><code>$AFTER_BODY_OPEN</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX153"><code>$AFTER_OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX155"><code>$AFTER_TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX73"><code>$anchor</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX198"><code>$anchor</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX242"><code>$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX152"><code>$BEFORE_OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX154"><code>$BEFORE_TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX78"><code>$BIG_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX111"><code>$BODYTEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX127"><code>$BODYTEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX225"><code>$cell</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX194"><code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX196"><code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX217"><code>$complex_format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX116"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX118"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX120"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX54"><code>$DEF_TABLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX76"><code>$DEFAULT_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX233"><code>$definition_category</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX150"><code>$DO_CONTENTS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX151"><code>$DO_SCONTENTS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX45"><code>$DOCTYPE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX126"><code>$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX124"><code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX125"><code>$ENCODING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX175"><code>$EXTENSION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX52"><code>$EXTERNAL_DIR</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX122"><code>$EXTRA_HEAD</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX37"><code>$FRAMES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX46"><code>$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX82"><code>$ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX179"><code>$IDX_SUMMARY</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX80"><code>$INDEX_CHAPTER</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC20">Element labels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX63"><code>$L2H_L2H</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX65"><code>$L2H_TMP</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX29"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX71"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX207"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX208"><code>$LANGUAGES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85"><code>$LANGUAGES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX245"><code>$MENU_PRE_STYLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX243"><code>$MENU_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX77"><code>$MIDDLE_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX22"><code>$NODE_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX176"><code>$NODE_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX241"><code>$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX58"><code>$NUMBER_SECTIONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX193"><code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX195"><code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX11"><code>$OUT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX138"><code>$PRE_BODY_CLOSE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX14"><code>$PREFIX</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX141"><code>$print_chapter_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX131"><code>$print_chapter_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX139"><code>$print_foot_navigation</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX128"><code>$print_head_navigation</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX172"><code>$print_misc</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX174"><code>$print_misc_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX173"><code>$print_misc_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX143"><code>$print_page_foot</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX130"><code>$print_page_head</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX142"><code>$print_section_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX132"><code>$print_section_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX169"><code>$print_Top</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX171"><code>$print_Top_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX170"><code>$print_Top_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX39"><code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX83"><code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX41"><code>$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX56"><code>$SHORT_REF</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX16"><code>$SHORTEXTN</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX27"><code>$SHOW_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX75"><code>$SMALL_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX5"><code>$SPLIT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX252"><code>$SPLIT_INDEX</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85"><code>$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX91"><code>$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX105"><code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX160"><code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX104"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX103"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX108"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX106"><code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX159"><code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX20"><code>$TOC_FILE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX60"><code>$TOC_LINKS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX157"><code>$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX156"><code>$TOC_LIST_STYLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX18"><code>$TOP_FILE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX79"><code>$TOP_HEADING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC20">Element labels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX244"><code>$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX48"><code>$USE_ISO</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX7"><code>$USE_NODES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX81"><code>$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX87"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX88"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX109"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC88_1">%</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX192"><code>%accent_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX93"><code>%ACTIVE_ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX113"><code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX115"><code>%css_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX117"><code>%css_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX230"><code>%def_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX216"><code>%format_in_paragraph</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX226"><code>%format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX228"><code>%format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX101"><code>%main::value</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC29">Flags</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX102"><code>%main::value</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC29">Flags</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX267"><code>%misc_command</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX92"><code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX112"><code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX212"><code>%paragraph_style</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX94"><code>%PASSIVE_ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX187"><code>%pre_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX183"><code>%simple_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX268"><code>%simple_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX184"><code>%simple_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX269"><code>%simple_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX185"><code>%simple_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX270"><code>%simple_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX219"><code>%special_list_commands</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX189"><code>%style_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX272"><code>%style_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX190"><code>%style_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX273"><code>%style_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX191"><code>%style_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX274"><code>%style_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX97"><code>%Texi2HTML::HREF</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX96"><code>%Texi2HTML::NAME</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX99"><code>%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX98"><code>%Texi2HTML::NODE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX100"><code>%Texi2HTML::THISDOC</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC28">Global strings</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX188"><code>%texi_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX186"><code>%things_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC88_2">@</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX89"><code>@CHAPTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX50"><code>@CSS_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX25"><code>@EXPAND</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX35"><code>@INCLUDE_DIRS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX90"><code>@MISC_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX86"><code>@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX33"><code>@PREPEND_DIRS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX84"><code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX85"><code>@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-</table>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC88_0" class="summary-letter"><b>$</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC88_1" class="summary-letter"><b>%</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC88_2" class="summary-letter"><b>@</b></a>
-</td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="Indexcp"></a>
-<a name="SEC89"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt; ]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt;&gt; ]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1 class="appendix"> D. Concept Index </h1>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC89_0" class="summary-letter"><b>A</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_1" class="summary-letter"><b>B</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_2" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_3" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_4" class="summary-letter"><b>E</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_5" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_6" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_7" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_8" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_9" class="summary-letter"><b>R</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-</td></tr></table>
-<table border="0" class="index-cp">
-<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_0">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">Avoid paragraph opening</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_1">B</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC_Top">bug report</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC_Top">Texi2HTML</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_2">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">centering</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">complex format</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13"><tt>`Config'</tt></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">configure</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_3">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">downloading <code>texi2html</code> source</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_4">E</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">examples of manuals</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">external manual</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_5">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">flushing text</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_6">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">i18n</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">i18n</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">Installation</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">internationalization</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">internationalized strings</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_7">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">makeinfo</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86"><code>manage_i18n.pl</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_8">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">paragraph</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">preformatted region</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_9">R</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">reference</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_10">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">skipped command</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">source code for <code>texi2html</code>, downloading</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_11">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3"><code>texi2html</code> source, downloading</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">Texinfo</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">text alignement</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">Translation</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-<tr><th><a name="SEC89_12">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">unknown command</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
-</table>
-<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC89_0" class="summary-letter"><b>A</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_1" class="summary-letter"><b>B</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_2" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_3" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_4" class="summary-letter"><b>E</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_5" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_6" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_7" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_8" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_9" class="summary-letter"><b>R</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-<a href="#SEC89_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
- &nbsp;
-</td></tr></table>
-<hr size="6">
-<a name="SEC_Contents"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1>Table of Contents</h1>
-<div class="contents">
-
-<ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC2" href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC6" href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC7" href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC8" href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC9" href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC10" href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC11" href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC12" href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC13" href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC14" href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC15" href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC16" href="#SEC16">5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC18" href="#SEC18">6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC19" href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC20" href="#SEC21">6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC21" href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC22" href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC23" href="#SEC24">6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC24" href="#SEC25">6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC25" href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC26" href="#SEC27">6.4.2 Accessing global informations</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC27" href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC28" href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC29" href="#SEC33">6.6 Finalizing the output</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC30" href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC31" href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC32" href="#SEC36">6.9 Customizing the sections</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC33" href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC34" href="#SEC38">6.11 Special pages formatting</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC35" href="#SEC39">6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC36" href="#SEC40">6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC37" href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC38" href="#SEC42">6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC39" href="#SEC43">6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC40" href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC41" href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC42" href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC43" href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC44" href="#SEC48">7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC45" href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC46" href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC47" href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC48" href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC49" href="#SEC53">7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC50" href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC51" href="#SEC55">7.5 Processing special characters in text</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC52" href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC53" href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC54" href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC55" href="#SEC59">7.7.2 Reference to an internal node</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC56" href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC57" href="#SEC61">7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC58" href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC59" href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC60" href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC61" href="#SEC65">7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC62" href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC63" href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC64" href="#SEC68">7.12 Definition commands formatting</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC65" href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC66" href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC67" href="#SEC71">7.13 Customizing headings formatting</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC68" href="#SEC72">7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>)</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC69" href="#SEC73">7.15 Menu formatting</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC70" href="#SEC74">7.15.1 The structure of a menu</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC71" href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC72" href="#SEC76">7.16 Indices formatting</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC73" href="#SEC77">7.16.1 Formatting of index entries</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC74" href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC75" href="#SEC79">7.17 Floats and lists of floats</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC76" href="#SEC80">7.17.1 Formatting a float</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC77" href="#SEC81">7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC78" href="#SEC82">7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC79" href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC80" href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a>
- <ul class="toc">
- <li><a name="TOC81" href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC82" href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></li>
- </ul></li>
- <li><a name="TOC83" href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC84" href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></li>
- <li><a name="TOC85" href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<hr size="1">
-<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1>Short Table of Contents</h1>
-<div class="shortcontents">
-<ul class="toc">
-<li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC14" href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC43" href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC80" href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC83" href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC84" href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></li>
-<li><a name="TOC85" href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<hr size="1">
-<a name="SEC_About"></a>
-<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
-<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
-<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
-</tr></table>
-<h1>About This Document</h1>
-<p>
- This document was generated by <em>Derek R. Price</em> on <em>February, 3 2005</em> using <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org/"><em>texi2html 1.76</em></a>.
-</p>
-<p>
- The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
-</p>
-<table border="1">
- <tr>
- <th> Button </th>
- <th> Name </th>
- <th> Go to </th>
- <th> From 1.2.3 go to</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [ &lt; ] </td>
- <td align="center">Back</td>
- <td>previous section in reading order</td>
- <td>1.2.2</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [ &gt; ] </td>
- <td align="center">Forward</td>
- <td>next section in reading order</td>
- <td>1.2.4</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [ &lt;&lt; ] </td>
- <td align="center">FastBack</td>
- <td>beginning of this chapter or previous chapter</td>
- <td>1</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [ Up ] </td>
- <td align="center">Up</td>
- <td>up section</td>
- <td>1.2</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [ &gt;&gt; ] </td>
- <td align="center">FastForward</td>
- <td>next chapter</td>
- <td>2</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [Top] </td>
- <td align="center">Top</td>
- <td>cover (top) of document</td>
- <td> &nbsp; </td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [Contents] </td>
- <td align="center">Contents</td>
- <td>table of contents</td>
- <td> &nbsp; </td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [Index] </td>
- <td align="center">Index</td>
- <td>index</td>
- <td> &nbsp; </td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td align="center"> [ ? ] </td>
- <td align="center">About</td>
- <td>about (help)</td>
- <td> &nbsp; </td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>
- where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position is at <strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of the following structure:
-</p>
-
-<ul>
- <li> 1. Section One
- <ul>
- <li>1.1 Subsection One-One
- <ul>
- <li>...</li>
- </ul>
- </li>
- <li>1.2 Subsection One-Two
- <ul>
- <li>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One</li>
- <li>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two</li>
- <li>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp;
- <strong>&lt;== Current Position </strong></li>
- <li>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four</li>
- </ul>
- </li>
- <li>1.3 Subsection One-Three
- <ul>
- <li>...</li>
- </ul>
- </li>
- <li>1.4 Subsection One-Four</li>
- </ul>
- </li>
-</ul>
-
-<hr size="1">
-<p>
- <font size="-1">
- This document was generated by <em>Derek R. Price</em> on <em>February, 3 2005</em> using <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org/"><em>texi2html 1.76</em></a>.
- </font>
- <br>
-
-</p>
-</body>
-</html>